blob: f00ab5412d32fba115ef733db2543ca1cb022f89 [file] [log] [blame]
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001//===--- SemaExpr.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions -----------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattner0bc735f2007-12-29 19:59:25 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements semantic analysis for expressions.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "Sema.h"
15#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Daniel Dunbarc4a1dea2008-08-11 05:35:13 +000016#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Chris Lattner04421082008-04-08 04:40:51 +000017#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Steve Narofff494b572008-05-29 21:12:08 +000018#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
Douglas Gregoraaba5e32009-02-04 19:02:06 +000019#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000020#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
21#include "clang/Lex/LiteralSupport.h"
22#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000023#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +000024#include "clang/Parse/DeclSpec.h"
Chris Lattner418f6c72008-10-26 23:43:26 +000025#include "clang/Parse/Designator.h"
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +000026#include "clang/Parse/Scope.h"
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000027using namespace clang;
28
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000029/// \brief Determine whether the use of this declaration is valid, and
30/// emit any corresponding diagnostics.
31///
32/// This routine diagnoses various problems with referencing
33/// declarations that can occur when using a declaration. For example,
34/// it might warn if a deprecated or unavailable declaration is being
35/// used, or produce an error (and return true) if a C++0x deleted
36/// function is being used.
37///
38/// \returns true if there was an error (this declaration cannot be
39/// referenced), false otherwise.
40bool Sema::DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000041 // See if the decl is deprecated.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000042 if (D->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>()) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000043 // Implementing deprecated stuff requires referencing deprecated
44 // stuff. Don't warn if we are implementing a deprecated
45 // construct.
Chris Lattnerf15970c2009-02-16 19:35:30 +000046 bool isSilenced = false;
47
48 if (NamedDecl *ND = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl()) {
49 // If this reference happens *in* a deprecated function or method, don't
50 // warn.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000051 isSilenced = ND->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>();
Chris Lattnerf15970c2009-02-16 19:35:30 +000052
53 // If this is an Objective-C method implementation, check to see if the
54 // method was deprecated on the declaration, not the definition.
55 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(ND)) {
56 // The semantic decl context of a ObjCMethodDecl is the
57 // ObjCImplementationDecl.
58 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *Impl
59 = dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(MD->getParent())) {
60
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +000061 MD = Impl->getClassInterface()->getMethod(MD->getSelector(),
Chris Lattnerf15970c2009-02-16 19:35:30 +000062 MD->isInstanceMethod());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000063 isSilenced |= MD && MD->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>();
Chris Lattnerf15970c2009-02-16 19:35:30 +000064 }
65 }
66 }
67
68 if (!isSilenced)
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000069 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_deprecated) << D->getDeclName();
70 }
71
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000072 // See if this is a deleted function.
Douglas Gregor25d944a2009-02-24 04:26:15 +000073 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000074 if (FD->isDeleted()) {
75 Diag(Loc, diag::err_deleted_function_use);
76 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << true;
77 return true;
78 }
Douglas Gregor25d944a2009-02-24 04:26:15 +000079 }
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000080
81 // See if the decl is unavailable
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000082 if (D->getAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000083 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_unavailable) << D->getDeclName();
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000084 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << 0;
85 }
86
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000087 return false;
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000088}
89
Fariborz Jahanian5b530052009-05-13 18:09:35 +000090/// DiagnoseSentinelCalls - This routine checks on method dispatch calls
91/// (and other functions in future), which have been declared with sentinel
92/// attribute. It warns if call does not have the sentinel argument.
93///
94void Sema::DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
95 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs)
96{
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000097 const SentinelAttr *attr = D->getAttr<SentinelAttr>();
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +000098 if (!attr)
99 return;
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000100 int sentinelPos = attr->getSentinel();
101 int nullPos = attr->getNullPos();
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000102
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000103 // FIXME. ObjCMethodDecl and FunctionDecl need be derived from the same common
104 // base class. Then we won't be needing two versions of the same code.
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000105 unsigned int i = 0;
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000106 bool warnNotEnoughArgs = false;
107 int isMethod = 0;
108 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) {
109 // skip over named parameters.
110 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = MD->param_end();
111 for (P = MD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
112 if (nullPos)
113 --nullPos;
114 else
115 ++i;
116 }
117 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
118 isMethod = 1;
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000119 } else if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000120 // skip over named parameters.
121 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = FD->param_end();
122 for (P = FD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
123 if (nullPos)
124 --nullPos;
125 else
126 ++i;
127 }
128 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000129 } else if (VarDecl *V = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000130 // block or function pointer call.
131 QualType Ty = V->getType();
132 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType() || Ty->isFunctionPointerType()) {
133 const FunctionType *FT = Ty->isFunctionPointerType()
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000134 ? Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->getAsFunctionType()
135 : Ty->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType()->getAsFunctionType();
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000136 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FT)) {
137 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
138 unsigned k;
139 for (k = 0; (k != NumArgsInProto && i < NumArgs); k++) {
140 if (nullPos)
141 --nullPos;
142 else
143 ++i;
144 }
145 warnNotEnoughArgs = (k != NumArgsInProto || i >= NumArgs);
146 }
147 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType())
148 isMethod = 2;
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000149 } else
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000150 return;
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000151 } else
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000152 return;
153
154 if (warnNotEnoughArgs) {
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000155 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000156 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000157 return;
158 }
159 int sentinel = i;
160 while (sentinelPos > 0 && i < NumArgs-1) {
161 --sentinelPos;
162 ++i;
163 }
164 if (sentinelPos > 0) {
165 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000166 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000167 return;
168 }
169 while (i < NumArgs-1) {
170 ++i;
171 ++sentinel;
172 }
173 Expr *sentinelExpr = Args[sentinel];
174 if (sentinelExpr && (!sentinelExpr->getType()->isPointerType() ||
175 !sentinelExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context))) {
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000176 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_missing_sentinel) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000177 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000178 }
179 return;
Fariborz Jahanian5b530052009-05-13 18:09:35 +0000180}
181
Douglas Gregor4b2d3f72009-02-26 21:00:50 +0000182SourceRange Sema::getExprRange(ExprTy *E) const {
183 Expr *Ex = (Expr *)E;
184 return Ex? Ex->getSourceRange() : SourceRange();
185}
186
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000187//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
188// Standard Promotions and Conversions
189//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
190
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000191/// DefaultFunctionArrayConversion (C99 6.3.2.1p3, C99 6.3.2.1p4).
192void Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *&E) {
193 QualType Ty = E->getType();
194 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - missing type");
195
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000196 if (Ty->isFunctionType())
197 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getPointerType(Ty));
Chris Lattner67d33d82008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000198 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) {
199 // In C90 mode, arrays only promote to pointers if the array expression is
200 // an lvalue. The relevant legalese is C90 6.2.2.1p3: "an lvalue that has
201 // type 'array of type' is converted to an expression that has type 'pointer
202 // to type'...". In C99 this was changed to: C99 6.3.2.1p3: "an expression
203 // that has type 'array of type' ...". The relevant change is "an lvalue"
204 // (C90) to "an expression" (C99).
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc39a3d72008-09-11 04:25:59 +0000205 //
206 // C++ 4.2p1:
207 // An lvalue or rvalue of type "array of N T" or "array of unknown bound of
208 // T" can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to T".
209 //
210 if (getLangOptions().C99 || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ||
211 E->isLvalue(Context) == Expr::LV_Valid)
Anders Carlsson112a0a82009-08-07 23:48:20 +0000212 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getArrayDecayedType(Ty),
213 CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay);
Chris Lattner67d33d82008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000214 }
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000215}
216
Douglas Gregorfc24e442009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000217/// \brief Whether this is a promotable bitfield reference according
218/// to C99 6.3.1.1p2, bullet 2.
219///
220/// \returns the type this bit-field will promote to, or NULL if no
221/// promotion occurs.
222static QualType isPromotableBitField(Expr *E, ASTContext &Context) {
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +0000223 FieldDecl *Field = E->getBitField();
224 if (!Field)
Douglas Gregorfc24e442009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000225 return QualType();
226
227 const BuiltinType *BT = Field->getType()->getAsBuiltinType();
228 if (!BT)
229 return QualType();
230
231 if (BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Bool &&
232 BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Int &&
233 BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::UInt)
234 return QualType();
235
236 llvm::APSInt BitWidthAP;
237 if (!Field->getBitWidth()->isIntegerConstantExpr(BitWidthAP, Context))
238 return QualType();
239
240 uint64_t BitWidth = BitWidthAP.getZExtValue();
241 uint64_t IntSize = Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy);
242 if (BitWidth < IntSize ||
243 (Field->getType()->isSignedIntegerType() && BitWidth == IntSize))
244 return Context.IntTy;
245
246 if (BitWidth == IntSize && Field->getType()->isUnsignedIntegerType())
247 return Context.UnsignedIntTy;
248
249 return QualType();
250}
251
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000252/// UsualUnaryConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to most
253/// operators (C99 6.3). The conversions of array and function types are
254/// sometimes surpressed. For example, the array->pointer conversion doesn't
255/// apply if the array is an argument to the sizeof or address (&) operators.
256/// In these instances, this routine should *not* be called.
257Expr *Sema::UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *&Expr) {
258 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
259 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "UsualUnaryConversions - missing type");
260
Douglas Gregorfc24e442009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000261 // C99 6.3.1.1p2:
262 //
263 // The following may be used in an expression wherever an int or
264 // unsigned int may be used:
265 // - an object or expression with an integer type whose integer
266 // conversion rank is less than or equal to the rank of int
267 // and unsigned int.
268 // - A bit-field of type _Bool, int, signed int, or unsigned int.
269 //
270 // If an int can represent all values of the original type, the
271 // value is converted to an int; otherwise, it is converted to an
272 // unsigned int. These are called the integer promotions. All
273 // other types are unchanged by the integer promotions.
274 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000275 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.IntTy);
Douglas Gregorfc24e442009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000276 return Expr;
277 } else {
278 QualType T = isPromotableBitField(Expr, Context);
279 if (!T.isNull()) {
280 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, T);
281 return Expr;
282 }
283 }
284
285 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr);
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000286 return Expr;
287}
288
Chris Lattner05faf172008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000289/// DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that
290/// do not have a prototype. Arguments that have type float are promoted to
291/// double. All other argument types are converted by UsualUnaryConversions().
292void Sema::DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr) {
293 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
294 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultArgumentPromotion - missing type");
295
296 // If this is a 'float' (CVR qualified or typedef) promote to double.
297 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAsBuiltinType())
298 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float)
299 return ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.DoubleTy);
300
301 UsualUnaryConversions(Expr);
302}
303
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000304/// DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but
305/// will warn if the resulting type is not a POD type, and rejects ObjC
306/// interfaces passed by value. This returns true if the argument type is
307/// completely illegal.
308bool Sema::DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr, VariadicCallType CT) {
Anders Carlssondce5e2c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000309 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr);
310
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000311 if (Expr->getType()->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
312 Diag(Expr->getLocStart(),
313 diag::err_cannot_pass_objc_interface_to_vararg)
314 << Expr->getType() << CT;
315 return true;
Anders Carlssondce5e2c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000316 }
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000317
318 if (!Expr->getType()->isPODType())
319 Diag(Expr->getLocStart(), diag::warn_cannot_pass_non_pod_arg_to_vararg)
320 << Expr->getType() << CT;
321
322 return false;
Anders Carlssondce5e2c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000323}
324
325
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000326/// UsualArithmeticConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to
327/// binary operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this
328/// routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is
329/// responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics.
330/// FIXME: verify the conversion rules for "complex int" are consistent with
331/// GCC.
332QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversions(Expr *&lhsExpr, Expr *&rhsExpr,
333 bool isCompAssign) {
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000334 if (!isCompAssign)
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000335 UsualUnaryConversions(lhsExpr);
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000336
337 UsualUnaryConversions(rhsExpr);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000338
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000339 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
340 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000341 QualType lhs =
342 Context.getCanonicalType(lhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
343 QualType rhs =
344 Context.getCanonicalType(rhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000345
346 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
347 if (lhs == rhs)
348 return lhs;
349
350 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
351 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
352 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
353 return lhs;
354
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000355 // Perform bitfield promotions.
356 QualType LHSBitfieldPromoteTy = isPromotableBitField(lhsExpr, Context);
357 if (!LHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
358 lhs = LHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
359 QualType RHSBitfieldPromoteTy = isPromotableBitField(rhsExpr, Context);
360 if (!RHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
361 rhs = RHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
362
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000363 QualType destType = UsualArithmeticConversionsType(lhs, rhs);
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000364 if (!isCompAssign)
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000365 ImpCastExprToType(lhsExpr, destType);
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000366 ImpCastExprToType(rhsExpr, destType);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000367 return destType;
368}
369
370QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversionsType(QualType lhs, QualType rhs) {
371 // Perform the usual unary conversions. We do this early so that
372 // integral promotions to "int" can allow us to exit early, in the
373 // lhs == rhs check. Also, for conversion purposes, we ignore any
374 // qualifiers. For example, "const float" and "float" are
375 // equivalent.
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000376 if (lhs->isPromotableIntegerType())
377 lhs = Context.IntTy;
378 else
379 lhs = lhs.getUnqualifiedType();
380 if (rhs->isPromotableIntegerType())
381 rhs = Context.IntTy;
382 else
383 rhs = rhs.getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000384
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000385 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
386 if (lhs == rhs)
387 return lhs;
388
389 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
390 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
391 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
392 return lhs;
393
394 // At this point, we have two different arithmetic types.
395
396 // Handle complex types first (C99 6.3.1.8p1).
397 if (lhs->isComplexType() || rhs->isComplexType()) {
398 // if we have an integer operand, the result is the complex type.
399 if (rhs->isIntegerType() || rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
400 // convert the rhs to the lhs complex type.
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000401 return lhs;
402 }
403 if (lhs->isIntegerType() || lhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
404 // convert the lhs to the rhs complex type.
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000405 return rhs;
406 }
407 // This handles complex/complex, complex/float, or float/complex.
408 // When both operands are complex, the shorter operand is converted to the
409 // type of the longer, and that is the type of the result. This corresponds
410 // to what is done when combining two real floating-point operands.
411 // The fun begins when size promotion occur across type domains.
412 // From H&S 6.3.4: When one operand is complex and the other is a real
413 // floating-point type, the less precise type is converted, within it's
414 // real or complex domain, to the precision of the other type. For example,
415 // when combining a "long double" with a "double _Complex", the
416 // "double _Complex" is promoted to "long double _Complex".
417 int result = Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
418
419 if (result > 0) { // The left side is bigger, convert rhs.
420 rhs = Context.getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(lhs, rhs);
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000421 } else if (result < 0) { // The right side is bigger, convert lhs.
422 lhs = Context.getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(rhs, lhs);
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000423 }
424 // At this point, lhs and rhs have the same rank/size. Now, make sure the
425 // domains match. This is a requirement for our implementation, C99
426 // does not require this promotion.
427 if (lhs != rhs) { // Domains don't match, we have complex/float mix.
428 if (lhs->isRealFloatingType()) { // handle "double, _Complex double".
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000429 return rhs;
430 } else { // handle "_Complex double, double".
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000431 return lhs;
432 }
433 }
434 return lhs; // The domain/size match exactly.
435 }
436 // Now handle "real" floating types (i.e. float, double, long double).
437 if (lhs->isRealFloatingType() || rhs->isRealFloatingType()) {
438 // if we have an integer operand, the result is the real floating type.
Anders Carlsson5b1f3f02008-12-10 23:30:05 +0000439 if (rhs->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000440 // convert rhs to the lhs floating point type.
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000441 return lhs;
442 }
Anders Carlsson5b1f3f02008-12-10 23:30:05 +0000443 if (rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
444 // convert rhs to the complex floating point type.
445 return Context.getComplexType(lhs);
446 }
447 if (lhs->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000448 // convert lhs to the rhs floating point type.
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000449 return rhs;
450 }
Anders Carlsson5b1f3f02008-12-10 23:30:05 +0000451 if (lhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
452 // convert lhs to the complex floating point type.
453 return Context.getComplexType(rhs);
454 }
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000455 // We have two real floating types, float/complex combos were handled above.
456 // Convert the smaller operand to the bigger result.
457 int result = Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000458 if (result > 0) // convert the rhs
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000459 return lhs;
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000460 assert(result < 0 && "illegal float comparison");
461 return rhs; // convert the lhs
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000462 }
463 if (lhs->isComplexIntegerType() || rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
464 // Handle GCC complex int extension.
465 const ComplexType *lhsComplexInt = lhs->getAsComplexIntegerType();
466 const ComplexType *rhsComplexInt = rhs->getAsComplexIntegerType();
467
468 if (lhsComplexInt && rhsComplexInt) {
469 if (Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(lhsComplexInt->getElementType(),
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000470 rhsComplexInt->getElementType()) >= 0)
471 return lhs; // convert the rhs
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000472 return rhs;
473 } else if (lhsComplexInt && rhs->isIntegerType()) {
474 // convert the rhs to the lhs complex type.
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000475 return lhs;
476 } else if (rhsComplexInt && lhs->isIntegerType()) {
477 // convert the lhs to the rhs complex type.
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000478 return rhs;
479 }
480 }
481 // Finally, we have two differing integer types.
482 // The rules for this case are in C99 6.3.1.8
483 int compare = Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
484 bool lhsSigned = lhs->isSignedIntegerType(),
485 rhsSigned = rhs->isSignedIntegerType();
486 QualType destType;
487 if (lhsSigned == rhsSigned) {
488 // Same signedness; use the higher-ranked type
489 destType = compare >= 0 ? lhs : rhs;
490 } else if (compare != (lhsSigned ? 1 : -1)) {
491 // The unsigned type has greater than or equal rank to the
492 // signed type, so use the unsigned type
493 destType = lhsSigned ? rhs : lhs;
494 } else if (Context.getIntWidth(lhs) != Context.getIntWidth(rhs)) {
495 // The two types are different widths; if we are here, that
496 // means the signed type is larger than the unsigned type, so
497 // use the signed type.
498 destType = lhsSigned ? lhs : rhs;
499 } else {
500 // The signed type is higher-ranked than the unsigned type,
501 // but isn't actually any bigger (like unsigned int and long
502 // on most 32-bit systems). Use the unsigned type corresponding
503 // to the signed type.
504 destType = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhsSigned ? lhs : rhs);
505 }
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000506 return destType;
507}
508
509//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
510// Semantic Analysis for various Expression Types
511//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
512
513
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000514/// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000515/// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). The result string has to handle string
516/// concatenation ([C99 5.1.1.2, translation phase #6]), so it may come from
517/// multiple tokens. However, the common case is that StringToks points to one
518/// string.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000519///
520Action::OwningExprResult
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000521Sema::ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000522 assert(NumStringToks && "Must have at least one string!");
523
Chris Lattnerbbee00b2009-01-16 18:51:42 +0000524 StringLiteralParser Literal(StringToks, NumStringToks, PP);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000525 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000526 return ExprError();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000527
528 llvm::SmallVector<SourceLocation, 4> StringTokLocs;
529 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumStringToks; ++i)
530 StringTokLocs.push_back(StringToks[i].getLocation());
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000531
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000532 QualType StrTy = Context.CharTy;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis55f4b022008-08-09 17:20:01 +0000533 if (Literal.AnyWide) StrTy = Context.getWCharType();
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000534 if (Literal.Pascal) StrTy = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Douglas Gregor77a52232008-09-12 00:47:35 +0000535
536 // A C++ string literal has a const-qualified element type (C++ 2.13.4p1).
537 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
538 StrTy.addConst();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000539
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000540 // Get an array type for the string, according to C99 6.4.5. This includes
541 // the nul terminator character as well as the string length for pascal
542 // strings.
543 StrTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(StrTy,
Chris Lattnerdbb1ecc2009-02-26 23:01:51 +0000544 llvm::APInt(32, Literal.GetNumStringChars()+1),
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000545 ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Chris Lattner726e1682009-02-18 05:49:11 +0000546
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000547 // Pass &StringTokLocs[0], StringTokLocs.size() to factory!
Chris Lattner2085fd62009-02-18 06:40:38 +0000548 return Owned(StringLiteral::Create(Context, Literal.GetString(),
549 Literal.GetStringLength(),
550 Literal.AnyWide, StrTy,
551 &StringTokLocs[0],
552 StringTokLocs.size()));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000553}
554
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000555/// ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference - Return true if a reference inside of
556/// CurBlock to VD should cause it to be snapshotted (as we do for auto
557/// variables defined outside the block) or false if this is not needed (e.g.
558/// for values inside the block or for globals).
559///
Chris Lattner17f3a6d2009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000560/// This also keeps the 'hasBlockDeclRefExprs' in the BlockSemaInfo records
561/// up-to-date.
562///
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000563static bool ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(BlockSemaInfo *CurBlock,
564 ValueDecl *VD) {
565 // If the value is defined inside the block, we couldn't snapshot it even if
566 // we wanted to.
567 if (CurBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
568 return false;
569
570 // If this is an enum constant or function, it is constant, don't snapshot.
571 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(VD) || isa<FunctionDecl>(VD))
572 return false;
573
574 // If this is a reference to an extern, static, or global variable, no need to
575 // snapshot it.
576 // FIXME: What about 'const' variables in C++?
577 if (const VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD))
Chris Lattner17f3a6d2009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000578 if (!Var->hasLocalStorage())
579 return false;
580
581 // Blocks that have these can't be constant.
582 CurBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
583
584 // If we have nested blocks, the decl may be declared in an outer block (in
585 // which case that outer block doesn't get "hasBlockDeclRefExprs") or it may
586 // be defined outside all of the current blocks (in which case the blocks do
587 // all get the bit). Walk the nesting chain.
588 for (BlockSemaInfo *NextBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo; NextBlock;
589 NextBlock = NextBlock->PrevBlockInfo) {
590 // If we found the defining block for the variable, don't mark the block as
591 // having a reference outside it.
592 if (NextBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
593 break;
594
595 // Otherwise, the DeclRef from the inner block causes the outer one to need
596 // a snapshot as well.
597 NextBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
598 }
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000599
600 return true;
601}
602
603
604
Steve Naroff08d92e42007-09-15 18:49:24 +0000605/// ActOnIdentifierExpr - The parser read an identifier in expression context,
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000606/// validate it per-C99 6.5.1. HasTrailingLParen indicates whether this
Steve Naroff0d755ad2008-03-19 23:46:26 +0000607/// identifier is used in a function call context.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000608/// SS is only used for a C++ qualified-id (foo::bar) to indicate the
Argyrios Kyrtzidisef6e6472008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000609/// class or namespace that the identifier must be a member of.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000610Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnIdentifierExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
611 IdentifierInfo &II,
612 bool HasTrailingLParen,
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000613 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
614 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
615 return ActOnDeclarationNameExpr(S, Loc, &II, HasTrailingLParen, SS,
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +0000616 isAddressOfOperand);
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000617}
618
Douglas Gregor1a49af92009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000619/// BuildDeclRefExpr - Build either a DeclRefExpr or a
620/// QualifiedDeclRefExpr based on whether or not SS is a
621/// nested-name-specifier.
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000622Sema::OwningExprResult
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000623Sema::BuildDeclRefExpr(NamedDecl *D, QualType Ty, SourceLocation Loc,
624 bool TypeDependent, bool ValueDependent,
625 const CXXScopeSpec *SS) {
Anders Carlssone2bb2242009-06-26 19:16:07 +0000626 if (Context.getCanonicalType(Ty) == Context.UndeducedAutoTy) {
627 Diag(Loc,
628 diag::err_auto_variable_cannot_appear_in_own_initializer)
629 << D->getDeclName();
630 return ExprError();
631 }
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000632
633 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
634 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
635 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = MD->getParent()->isLocalClass()) {
636 if (VD->hasLocalStorage() && VD->getDeclContext() != CurContext) {
637 Diag(Loc, diag::err_reference_to_local_var_in_enclosing_function)
638 << D->getIdentifier() << FD->getDeclName();
639 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_local_variable_declared_here)
640 << D->getIdentifier();
641 return ExprError();
642 }
643 }
644 }
645 }
646
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000647 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, D);
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000648
649 Expr *E;
Douglas Gregorbad35182009-03-19 03:51:16 +0000650 if (SS && !SS->isEmpty()) {
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000651 E = new (Context) QualifiedDeclRefExpr(D, Ty, Loc, TypeDependent,
652 ValueDependent, SS->getRange(),
Douglas Gregor35073692009-03-26 23:56:24 +0000653 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep()));
Douglas Gregorbad35182009-03-19 03:51:16 +0000654 } else
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000655 E = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(D, Ty, Loc, TypeDependent, ValueDependent);
656
657 return Owned(E);
Douglas Gregor1a49af92009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000658}
659
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000660/// getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl - Retrieve the (unnamed) field or
661/// variable corresponding to the anonymous union or struct whose type
662/// is Record.
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000663static Decl *getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(ASTContext &Context,
664 RecordDecl *Record) {
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000665 assert(Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
666 "Record must be an anonymous struct or union!");
667
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000668 // FIXME: Once Decls are directly linked together, this will be an O(1)
669 // operation rather than a slow walk through DeclContext's vector (which
670 // itself will be eliminated). DeclGroups might make this even better.
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000671 DeclContext *Ctx = Record->getDeclContext();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000672 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator D = Ctx->decls_begin(),
673 DEnd = Ctx->decls_end();
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000674 D != DEnd; ++D) {
675 if (*D == Record) {
676 // The object for the anonymous struct/union directly
677 // follows its type in the list of declarations.
678 ++D;
679 assert(D != DEnd && "Missing object for anonymous record");
Douglas Gregor4afa39d2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000680 assert(!cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName() && "Decl should be unnamed");
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000681 return *D;
682 }
683 }
684
685 assert(false && "Missing object for anonymous record");
686 return 0;
687}
688
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000689/// \brief Given a field that represents a member of an anonymous
690/// struct/union, build the path from that field's context to the
691/// actual member.
692///
693/// Construct the sequence of field member references we'll have to
694/// perform to get to the field in the anonymous union/struct. The
695/// list of members is built from the field outward, so traverse it
696/// backwards to go from an object in the current context to the field
697/// we found.
698///
699/// \returns The variable from which the field access should begin,
700/// for an anonymous struct/union that is not a member of another
701/// class. Otherwise, returns NULL.
702VarDecl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(FieldDecl *Field,
703 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<FieldDecl *> &Path) {
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000704 assert(Field->getDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
705 cast<RecordDecl>(Field->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()
706 && "Field must be stored inside an anonymous struct or union");
707
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000708 Path.push_back(Field);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000709 VarDecl *BaseObject = 0;
710 DeclContext *Ctx = Field->getDeclContext();
711 do {
712 RecordDecl *Record = cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx);
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000713 Decl *AnonObject = getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(Context, Record);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000714 if (FieldDecl *AnonField = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(AnonObject))
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000715 Path.push_back(AnonField);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000716 else {
717 BaseObject = cast<VarDecl>(AnonObject);
718 break;
719 }
720 Ctx = Ctx->getParent();
721 } while (Ctx->isRecord() &&
722 cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)->isAnonymousStructOrUnion());
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000723
724 return BaseObject;
725}
726
727Sema::OwningExprResult
728Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(SourceLocation Loc,
729 FieldDecl *Field,
730 Expr *BaseObjectExpr,
731 SourceLocation OpLoc) {
732 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4> AnonFields;
733 VarDecl *BaseObject = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(Field,
734 AnonFields);
735
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000736 // Build the expression that refers to the base object, from
737 // which we will build a sequence of member references to each
738 // of the anonymous union objects and, eventually, the field we
739 // found via name lookup.
740 bool BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
741 unsigned ExtraQuals = 0;
742 if (BaseObject) {
743 // BaseObject is an anonymous struct/union variable (and is,
744 // therefore, not part of another non-anonymous record).
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +0000745 if (BaseObjectExpr) BaseObjectExpr->Destroy(Context);
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000746 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, BaseObject);
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000747 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(BaseObject,BaseObject->getType(),
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000748 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000749 ExtraQuals
750 = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseObject->getType()).getCVRQualifiers();
751 } else if (BaseObjectExpr) {
752 // The caller provided the base object expression. Determine
753 // whether its a pointer and whether it adds any qualifiers to the
754 // anonymous struct/union fields we're looking into.
755 QualType ObjectType = BaseObjectExpr->getType();
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000756 if (const PointerType *ObjectPtr = ObjectType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000757 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
758 ObjectType = ObjectPtr->getPointeeType();
759 }
760 ExtraQuals = Context.getCanonicalType(ObjectType).getCVRQualifiers();
761 } else {
762 // We've found a member of an anonymous struct/union that is
763 // inside a non-anonymous struct/union, so in a well-formed
764 // program our base object expression is "this".
765 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
766 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
767 QualType AnonFieldType
768 = Context.getTagDeclType(
769 cast<RecordDecl>(AnonFields.back()->getDeclContext()));
770 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
771 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(AnonFieldType)
772 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
773 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, AnonFieldType)) {
774 // Our base object expression is "this".
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000775 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(),
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000776 MD->getThisType(Context));
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000777 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
778 }
779 } else {
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000780 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
781 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000782 }
783 ExtraQuals = MD->getTypeQualifiers();
784 }
785
786 if (!BaseObjectExpr)
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000787 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
788 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000789 }
790
791 // Build the implicit member references to the field of the
792 // anonymous struct/union.
793 Expr *Result = BaseObjectExpr;
Mon P Wangc6a38a42009-07-22 03:08:17 +0000794 unsigned BaseAddrSpace = BaseObjectExpr->getType().getAddressSpace();
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000795 for (llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4>::reverse_iterator
796 FI = AnonFields.rbegin(), FIEnd = AnonFields.rend();
797 FI != FIEnd; ++FI) {
798 QualType MemberType = (*FI)->getType();
799 if (!(*FI)->isMutable()) {
800 unsigned combinedQualifiers
801 = MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | ExtraQuals;
802 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
803 }
Mon P Wangc6a38a42009-07-22 03:08:17 +0000804 if (BaseAddrSpace != MemberType.getAddressSpace())
805 MemberType = Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(MemberType, BaseAddrSpace);
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000806 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, *FI);
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000807 Result = new (Context) MemberExpr(Result, BaseObjectIsPointer, *FI,
808 OpLoc, MemberType);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000809 BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
810 ExtraQuals = Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getCVRQualifiers();
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000811 }
812
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000813 return Owned(Result);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000814}
815
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000816/// ActOnDeclarationNameExpr - The parser has read some kind of name
817/// (e.g., a C++ id-expression (C++ [expr.prim]p1)). This routine
818/// performs lookup on that name and returns an expression that refers
819/// to that name. This routine isn't directly called from the parser,
820/// because the parser doesn't know about DeclarationName. Rather,
821/// this routine is called by ActOnIdentifierExpr,
822/// ActOnOperatorFunctionIdExpr, and ActOnConversionFunctionExpr,
823/// which form the DeclarationName from the corresponding syntactic
824/// forms.
825///
826/// HasTrailingLParen indicates whether this identifier is used in a
827/// function call context. LookupCtx is only used for a C++
828/// qualified-id (foo::bar) to indicate the class or namespace that
829/// the identifier must be a member of.
Douglas Gregor5c37de72008-12-06 00:22:45 +0000830///
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000831/// isAddressOfOperand means that this expression is the direct operand
832/// of an address-of operator. This matters because this is the only
833/// situation where a qualified name referencing a non-static member may
834/// appear outside a member function of this class.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000835Sema::OwningExprResult
836Sema::ActOnDeclarationNameExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
837 DeclarationName Name, bool HasTrailingLParen,
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +0000838 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000839 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000840 // Could be enum-constant, value decl, instance variable, etc.
Douglas Gregor4c921ae2009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000841 if (SS && SS->isInvalid())
842 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor5953d8b2009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000843
844 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
845 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
846 // -- a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
847 // names a dependent type.
Douglas Gregor00c44862009-05-29 14:49:33 +0000848 // FIXME: Member of the current instantiation.
Douglas Gregor5953d8b2009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000849 if (SS && isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
Douglas Gregorab452ba2009-03-26 23:50:42 +0000850 return Owned(new (Context) UnresolvedDeclRefExpr(Name, Context.DependentTy,
851 Loc, SS->getRange(),
Anders Carlsson9b31df42009-07-09 00:05:08 +0000852 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep()),
853 isAddressOfOperand));
Douglas Gregor5953d8b2009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000854 }
855
Douglas Gregor3e41d602009-02-13 23:20:09 +0000856 LookupResult Lookup = LookupParsedName(S, SS, Name, LookupOrdinaryName,
857 false, true, Loc);
Douglas Gregor7176fff2009-01-15 00:26:24 +0000858
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000859 if (Lookup.isAmbiguous()) {
860 DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(Lookup, Name, Loc,
861 SS && SS->isSet() ? SS->getRange()
862 : SourceRange());
863 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner5cb10d32009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000864 }
865
866 NamedDecl *D = Lookup.getAsDecl();
Douglas Gregor5c37de72008-12-06 00:22:45 +0000867
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000868 // If this reference is in an Objective-C method, then ivar lookup happens as
869 // well.
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000870 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
871 if (II && getCurMethodDecl()) {
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000872 // There are two cases to handle here. 1) scoped lookup could have failed,
873 // in which case we should look for an ivar. 2) scoped lookup could have
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000874 // found a decl, but that decl is outside the current instance method (i.e.
875 // a global variable). In these two cases, we do a lookup for an ivar with
876 // this name, if the lookup sucedes, we replace it our current decl.
Douglas Gregor4afa39d2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000877 if (D == 0 || D->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod()) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis53d0ea52008-06-28 06:07:14 +0000878 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000879 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000880 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
Chris Lattner553905d2009-02-16 17:19:12 +0000881 // Check if referencing a field with __attribute__((deprecated)).
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000882 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, Loc))
883 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner5cb10d32009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000884
885 // If we're referencing an invalid decl, just return this as a silent
886 // error node. The error diagnostic was already emitted on the decl.
887 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
888 return ExprError();
889
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000890 bool IsClsMethod = getCurMethodDecl()->isClassMethod();
891 // If a class method attemps to use a free standing ivar, this is
892 // an error.
893 if (IsClsMethod && D && !D->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod())
894 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::error_ivar_use_in_class_method)
895 << IV->getDeclName());
896 // If a class method uses a global variable, even if an ivar with
897 // same name exists, use the global.
898 if (!IsClsMethod) {
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000899 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private &&
900 ClassDeclared != IFace)
901 Diag(Loc, diag::error_private_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000902 // FIXME: This should use a new expr for a direct reference, don't
903 // turn this into Self->ivar, just return a BareIVarExpr or something.
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000904 IdentifierInfo &II = Context.Idents.get("self");
Argyrios Kyrtzidisecd1bae2009-07-18 08:49:37 +0000905 OwningExprResult SelfExpr = ActOnIdentifierExpr(S, SourceLocation(),
906 II, false);
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000907 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, IV);
Daniel Dunbar525c9b72009-04-21 01:19:28 +0000908 return Owned(new (Context)
909 ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(), Loc,
Anders Carlssone9146f22009-05-01 19:49:17 +0000910 SelfExpr.takeAs<Expr>(), true, true));
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000911 }
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000912 }
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000913 } else if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod()) {
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000914 // We should warn if a local variable hides an ivar.
915 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000916 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000917 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000918 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Private ||
919 IFace == ClassDeclared)
Chris Lattner5cb10d32009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000920 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivar_use_hidden) << IV->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000921 }
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000922 }
Steve Naroff76de9d72008-08-10 19:10:41 +0000923 // Needed to implement property "super.method" notation.
Douglas Gregor4afa39d2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000924 if (D == 0 && II->isStr("super")) {
Steve Naroffdd53eb52009-03-05 20:12:00 +0000925 QualType T;
926
927 if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod())
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +0000928 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(Context.getObjCInterfaceType(
929 getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface()));
Steve Naroffdd53eb52009-03-05 20:12:00 +0000930 else
931 T = Context.getObjCClassType();
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000932 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCSuperExpr(Loc, T));
Steve Naroffe3e9add2008-06-02 23:03:37 +0000933 }
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000934 }
Douglas Gregorc71e28c2009-02-16 19:28:42 +0000935
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000936 // Determine whether this name might be a candidate for
937 // argument-dependent lookup.
938 bool ADL = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (!SS || !SS->isSet()) &&
939 HasTrailingLParen;
940
941 if (ADL && D == 0) {
Douglas Gregorc71e28c2009-02-16 19:28:42 +0000942 // We've seen something of the form
943 //
944 // identifier(
945 //
946 // and we did not find any entity by the name
947 // "identifier". However, this identifier is still subject to
948 // argument-dependent lookup, so keep track of the name.
949 return Owned(new (Context) UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr(Name,
950 Context.OverloadTy,
951 Loc));
952 }
953
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000954 if (D == 0) {
955 // Otherwise, this could be an implicitly declared function reference (legal
956 // in C90, extension in C99).
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000957 if (HasTrailingLParen && II &&
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000958 !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) // Not in C++.
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000959 D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(Loc, *II, S);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000960 else {
961 // If this name wasn't predeclared and if this is not a function call,
962 // diagnose the problem.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisef6e6472008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000963 if (SS && !SS->isEmpty())
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000964 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
965 << Name << SS->getRange());
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000966 else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName ||
967 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName)
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000968 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_use)
969 << Name.getAsString());
Argyrios Kyrtzidisef6e6472008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000970 else
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000971 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_var_use) << Name);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000972 }
973 }
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000974
975 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
976 // Warn about constructs like:
977 // if (void *X = foo()) { ... } else { X }.
978 // In the else block, the pointer is always false.
979
980 // FIXME: In a template instantiation, we don't have scope
981 // information to check this property.
982 if (Var->isDeclaredInCondition() && Var->getType()->isScalarType()) {
983 Scope *CheckS = S;
984 while (CheckS) {
985 if (CheckS->isWithinElse() &&
986 CheckS->getControlParent()->isDeclScope(DeclPtrTy::make(Var))) {
987 if (Var->getType()->isBooleanType())
988 ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::warn_value_always_false)
989 << Var->getDeclName());
990 else
991 ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::warn_value_always_zero)
992 << Var->getDeclName());
993 break;
994 }
995
996 // Move up one more control parent to check again.
997 CheckS = CheckS->getControlParent();
998 if (CheckS)
999 CheckS = CheckS->getParent();
1000 }
1001 }
1002 } else if (FunctionDecl *Func = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1003 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !Func->hasPrototype()) {
1004 // C99 DR 316 says that, if a function type comes from a
1005 // function definition (without a prototype), that type is only
1006 // used for checking compatibility. Therefore, when referencing
1007 // the function, we pretend that we don't have the full function
1008 // type.
1009 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Func, Loc))
1010 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001011
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001012 QualType T = Func->getType();
1013 QualType NoProtoType = T;
1014 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = T->getAsFunctionProtoType())
1015 NoProtoType = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(Proto->getResultType());
1016 return BuildDeclRefExpr(Func, NoProtoType, Loc, false, false, SS);
1017 }
1018 }
1019
1020 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(Loc, D, HasTrailingLParen, SS, isAddressOfOperand);
1021}
Fariborz Jahanian98a541e2009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001022/// \brief Cast member's object to its own class if necessary.
Fariborz Jahanianf3e53d32009-07-29 19:40:11 +00001023bool
Fariborz Jahanian98a541e2009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001024Sema::PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *&From, NamedDecl *Member) {
1025 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Member))
1026 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD =
1027 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())) {
1028 QualType DestType =
1029 Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTypeDeclType(RD));
Fariborz Jahanian96e2fa92009-07-29 20:41:46 +00001030 if (DestType->isDependentType() || From->getType()->isDependentType())
1031 return false;
1032 QualType FromRecordType = From->getType();
1033 QualType DestRecordType = DestType;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001034 if (FromRecordType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian96e2fa92009-07-29 20:41:46 +00001035 DestType = Context.getPointerType(DestType);
1036 FromRecordType = FromRecordType->getPointeeType();
Fariborz Jahanian98a541e2009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001037 }
Fariborz Jahanian96e2fa92009-07-29 20:41:46 +00001038 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromRecordType, DestRecordType) &&
1039 CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromRecordType,
1040 DestRecordType,
1041 From->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
1042 From->getSourceRange()))
1043 return true;
Anders Carlsson3503d042009-07-31 01:23:52 +00001044 ImpCastExprToType(From, DestType, CastExpr::CK_DerivedToBase,
1045 /*isLvalue=*/true);
Fariborz Jahanian98a541e2009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001046 }
Fariborz Jahanianf3e53d32009-07-29 19:40:11 +00001047 return false;
Fariborz Jahanian98a541e2009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001048}
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001049
1050/// \brief Complete semantic analysis for a reference to the given declaration.
1051Sema::OwningExprResult
1052Sema::BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D,
1053 bool HasTrailingLParen,
1054 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
1055 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
1056 assert(D && "Cannot refer to a NULL declaration");
1057 DeclarationName Name = D->getDeclName();
1058
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +00001059 // If this is an expression of the form &Class::member, don't build an
1060 // implicit member ref, because we want a pointer to the member in general,
1061 // not any specific instance's member.
1062 if (isAddressOfOperand && SS && !SS->isEmpty() && !HasTrailingLParen) {
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +00001063 DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS);
Douglas Gregor47b9a1c2009-02-04 17:27:36 +00001064 if (D && isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +00001065 QualType DType;
1066 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
1067 DType = FD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
1068 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
1069 DType = Method->getType();
1070 } else if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D)) {
1071 DType = Context.OverloadTy;
1072 }
1073 // Could be an inner type. That's diagnosed below, so ignore it here.
1074 if (!DType.isNull()) {
1075 // The pointer is type- and value-dependent if it points into something
1076 // dependent.
Douglas Gregor00c44862009-05-29 14:49:33 +00001077 bool Dependent = DC->isDependentContext();
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +00001078 return BuildDeclRefExpr(D, DType, Loc, Dependent, Dependent, SS);
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +00001079 }
1080 }
1081 }
1082
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001083 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
1084 // (C++ [class.union]).
1085 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D))
1086 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
1087 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(Loc, FD);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001088
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001089 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
1090 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
1091 // C++ [class.mfct.nonstatic]p2:
1092 // [...] if name lookup (3.4.1) resolves the name in the
1093 // id-expression to a nonstatic nontype member of class X or of
1094 // a base class of X, the id-expression is transformed into a
1095 // class member access expression (5.2.5) using (*this) (9.3.2)
1096 // as the postfix-expression to the left of the '.' operator.
1097 DeclContext *Ctx = 0;
1098 QualType MemberType;
1099 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
1100 Ctx = FD->getDeclContext();
1101 MemberType = FD->getType();
1102
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001103 if (const ReferenceType *RefType = MemberType->getAs<ReferenceType>())
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001104 MemberType = RefType->getPointeeType();
1105 else if (!FD->isMutable()) {
1106 unsigned combinedQualifiers
1107 = MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | MD->getTypeQualifiers();
1108 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
1109 }
1110 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
1111 if (!Method->isStatic()) {
1112 Ctx = Method->getParent();
1113 MemberType = Method->getType();
1114 }
1115 } else if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl
1116 = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D)) {
1117 for (OverloadedFunctionDecl::function_iterator
1118 Func = Ovl->function_begin(),
1119 FuncEnd = Ovl->function_end();
1120 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
1121 if (CXXMethodDecl *DMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Func))
1122 if (!DMethod->isStatic()) {
1123 Ctx = Ovl->getDeclContext();
1124 MemberType = Context.OverloadTy;
1125 break;
1126 }
1127 }
1128 }
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001129
1130 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord()) {
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001131 QualType CtxType = Context.getTagDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx));
1132 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
1133 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(CtxType)
1134 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
1135 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, CtxType)) {
1136 // Build the implicit member access expression.
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001137 Expr *This = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(),
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001138 MD->getThisType(Context));
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001139 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, D);
Fariborz Jahanianf3e53d32009-07-29 19:40:11 +00001140 if (PerformObjectMemberConversion(This, D))
1141 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson0f44b5a2009-08-08 16:55:18 +00001142 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(D, Loc))
1143 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor47b9a1c2009-02-04 17:27:36 +00001144 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(This, true, D,
Eli Friedman72527132009-04-29 17:56:47 +00001145 Loc, MemberType));
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001146 }
1147 }
1148 }
1149 }
1150
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00001151 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis07952322008-07-01 10:37:29 +00001152 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
1153 if (MD->isStatic())
1154 // "invalid use of member 'x' in static member function"
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001155 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
1156 << FD->getDeclName());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis07952322008-07-01 10:37:29 +00001157 }
1158
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001159 // Any other ways we could have found the field in a well-formed
1160 // program would have been turned into implicit member expressions
1161 // above.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001162 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
1163 << FD->getDeclName());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis07952322008-07-01 10:37:29 +00001164 }
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001165
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001166 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001167 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_typedef) << Name);
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00001168 if (isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001169 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_interface) << Name);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2d1c5d32008-04-27 13:50:30 +00001170 if (isa<NamespaceDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001171 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_namespace) << Name);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001172
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001173 // Make the DeclRefExpr or BlockDeclRefExpr for the decl.
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001174 if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D))
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +00001175 return BuildDeclRefExpr(Ovl, Context.OverloadTy, Loc,
1176 false, false, SS);
Douglas Gregorc15cb382009-02-09 23:23:08 +00001177 else if (TemplateDecl *Template = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D))
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +00001178 return BuildDeclRefExpr(Template, Context.OverloadTy, Loc,
1179 false, false, SS);
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001180 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001181
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001182 // Check whether this declaration can be used. Note that we suppress
1183 // this check when we're going to perform argument-dependent lookup
1184 // on this function name, because this might not be the function
1185 // that overload resolution actually selects.
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001186 bool ADL = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (!SS || !SS->isSet()) &&
1187 HasTrailingLParen;
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001188 if (!(ADL && isa<FunctionDecl>(VD)) && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(VD, Loc))
1189 return ExprError();
1190
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001191 // Only create DeclRefExpr's for valid Decl's.
1192 if (VD->isInvalidDecl())
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001193 return ExprError();
1194
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001195 // If the identifier reference is inside a block, and it refers to a value
1196 // that is outside the block, create a BlockDeclRefExpr instead of a
1197 // DeclRefExpr. This ensures the value is treated as a copy-in snapshot when
1198 // the block is formed.
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001199 //
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001200 // We do not do this for things like enum constants, global variables, etc,
1201 // as they do not get snapshotted.
1202 //
1203 if (CurBlock && ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(CurBlock, VD)) {
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001204 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, VD);
Eli Friedman5fdeae12009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001205 QualType ExprTy = VD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001206 // The BlocksAttr indicates the variable is bound by-reference.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00001207 if (VD->getAttr<BlocksAttr>())
Eli Friedman5fdeae12009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001208 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, true));
Fariborz Jahanian7d5c74e2009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001209 // This is to record that a 'const' was actually synthesize and added.
1210 bool constAdded = !ExprTy.isConstQualified();
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001211 // Variable will be bound by-copy, make it const within the closure.
Fariborz Jahanian7d5c74e2009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001212
Eli Friedman5fdeae12009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001213 ExprTy.addConst();
Fariborz Jahanian7d5c74e2009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001214 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, false,
1215 constAdded));
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001216 }
1217 // If this reference is not in a block or if the referenced variable is
1218 // within the block, create a normal DeclRefExpr.
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001219
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001220 bool TypeDependent = false;
Douglas Gregor83f96f62008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001221 bool ValueDependent = false;
1222 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
1223 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
1224 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
1225 // - an identifier that was declared with a dependent type,
1226 if (VD->getType()->isDependentType())
1227 TypeDependent = true;
1228 // - FIXME: a template-id that is dependent,
1229 // - a conversion-function-id that specifies a dependent type,
1230 else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName &&
1231 Name.getCXXNameType()->isDependentType())
1232 TypeDependent = true;
1233 // - a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
1234 // names a dependent type.
1235 else if (SS && !SS->isEmpty()) {
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +00001236 for (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS);
Douglas Gregor83f96f62008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001237 DC; DC = DC->getParent()) {
1238 // FIXME: could stop early at namespace scope.
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001239 if (DC->isRecord()) {
Douglas Gregor83f96f62008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001240 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
1241 if (Context.getTypeDeclType(Record)->isDependentType()) {
1242 TypeDependent = true;
1243 break;
1244 }
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001245 }
1246 }
1247 }
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001248
Douglas Gregor83f96f62008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001249 // C++ [temp.dep.constexpr]p2:
1250 //
1251 // An identifier is value-dependent if it is:
1252 // - a name declared with a dependent type,
1253 if (TypeDependent)
1254 ValueDependent = true;
1255 // - the name of a non-type template parameter,
1256 else if (isa<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(VD))
1257 ValueDependent = true;
1258 // - a constant with integral or enumeration type and is
1259 // initialized with an expression that is value-dependent
Eli Friedmanc1494122009-06-11 01:11:20 +00001260 else if (const VarDecl *Dcl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD)) {
1261 if (Dcl->getType().getCVRQualifiers() == QualType::Const &&
1262 Dcl->getInit()) {
1263 ValueDependent = Dcl->getInit()->isValueDependent();
1264 }
1265 }
Douglas Gregor83f96f62008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001266 }
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001267
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +00001268 return BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, VD->getType().getNonReferenceType(), Loc,
1269 TypeDependent, ValueDependent, SS);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001270}
1271
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001272Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc,
1273 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
Chris Lattnerd9f69102008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001274 PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT;
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001275
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001276 switch (Kind) {
Chris Lattner1423ea42008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001277 default: assert(0 && "Unknown simple primary expr!");
Chris Lattnerd9f69102008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001278 case tok::kw___func__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Func; break; // [C99 6.4.2.2]
1279 case tok::kw___FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Function; break;
1280 case tok::kw___PRETTY_FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction; break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001281 }
Chris Lattner1423ea42008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001282
Chris Lattnerfa28b302008-01-12 08:14:25 +00001283 // Pre-defined identifiers are of type char[x], where x is the length of the
1284 // string.
Chris Lattner8f978d52008-01-12 19:32:28 +00001285 unsigned Length;
Chris Lattner371f2582008-12-04 23:50:19 +00001286 if (FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl())
1287 Length = FD->getIdentifier()->getLength();
Chris Lattnerb0da9232008-12-12 05:05:20 +00001288 else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
1289 Length = MD->getSynthesizedMethodSize();
1290 else {
1291 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_predef_outside_function);
1292 // __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ -> "top level", the others produce an empty string.
1293 Length = IT == PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction ? strlen("top level") : 0;
1294 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001295
1296
Chris Lattner8f978d52008-01-12 19:32:28 +00001297 llvm::APInt LengthI(32, Length + 1);
Chris Lattner1423ea42008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001298 QualType ResTy = Context.CharTy.getQualifiedType(QualType::Const);
Chris Lattner8f978d52008-01-12 19:32:28 +00001299 ResTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(ResTy, LengthI, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001300 return Owned(new (Context) PredefinedExpr(Loc, ResTy, IT));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001301}
1302
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001303Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001304 llvm::SmallString<16> CharBuffer;
1305 CharBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength());
1306 const char *ThisTokBegin = &CharBuffer[0];
1307 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001308
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001309 CharLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
1310 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
1311 if (Literal.hadError())
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001312 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnerfc62bfd2008-03-01 08:32:21 +00001313
1314 QualType type = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.CharTy : Context.IntTy;
1315
Sebastian Redle91b3bc2009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001316 return Owned(new (Context) CharacterLiteral(Literal.getValue(),
1317 Literal.isWide(),
1318 type, Tok.getLocation()));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001319}
1320
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001321Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok) {
1322 // Fast path for a single digit (which is quite common). A single digit
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001323 // cannot have a trigraph, escaped newline, radix prefix, or type suffix.
1324 if (Tok.getLength() == 1) {
Chris Lattner7216dc92009-01-26 22:36:52 +00001325 const char Val = PP.getSpellingOfSingleCharacterNumericConstant(Tok);
Chris Lattner0c21e842009-01-16 07:10:29 +00001326 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001327 return Owned(new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(IntSize, Val-'0'),
Steve Naroff0a473932009-01-20 19:53:53 +00001328 Context.IntTy, Tok.getLocation()));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001329 }
Ted Kremenek28396602009-01-13 23:19:12 +00001330
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001331 llvm::SmallString<512> IntegerBuffer;
Chris Lattner2a299042008-09-30 20:53:45 +00001332 // Add padding so that NumericLiteralParser can overread by one character.
1333 IntegerBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength()+1);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001334 const char *ThisTokBegin = &IntegerBuffer[0];
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001335
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001336 // Get the spelling of the token, which eliminates trigraphs, etc.
1337 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001338
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001339 NumericLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
1340 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
1341 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001342 return ExprError();
1343
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001344 Expr *Res;
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001345
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001346 if (Literal.isFloatingLiteral()) {
Chris Lattner525a0502007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001347 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001348 if (Literal.isFloat)
Chris Lattner525a0502007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001349 Ty = Context.FloatTy;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001350 else if (!Literal.isLong)
Chris Lattner525a0502007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001351 Ty = Context.DoubleTy;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001352 else
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +00001353 Ty = Context.LongDoubleTy;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001354
1355 const llvm::fltSemantics &Format = Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(Ty);
1356
Ted Kremenek720c4ec2007-11-29 00:56:49 +00001357 // isExact will be set by GetFloatValue().
1358 bool isExact = false;
Chris Lattner001d64d2009-06-29 17:34:55 +00001359 llvm::APFloat Val = Literal.GetFloatValue(Format, &isExact);
1360 Res = new (Context) FloatingLiteral(Val, isExact, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001361
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001362 } else if (!Literal.isIntegerLiteral()) {
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001363 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001364 } else {
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001365 QualType Ty;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001366
Neil Boothb9449512007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001367 // long long is a C99 feature.
1368 if (!getLangOptions().C99 && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x &&
Neil Booth79859c32007-08-29 22:13:52 +00001369 Literal.isLongLong)
Neil Boothb9449512007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001370 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::ext_longlong);
1371
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001372 // Get the value in the widest-possible width.
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001373 llvm::APInt ResultVal(Context.Target.getIntMaxTWidth(), 0);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001374
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001375 if (Literal.GetIntegerValue(ResultVal)) {
1376 // If this value didn't fit into uintmax_t, warn and force to ull.
1377 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large);
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001378 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
1379 assert(Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == ResultVal.getBitWidth() &&
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001380 "long long is not intmax_t?");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001381 } else {
1382 // If this value fits into a ULL, try to figure out what else it fits into
1383 // according to the rules of C99 6.4.4.1p5.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001384
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001385 // Octal, Hexadecimal, and integers with a U suffix are allowed to
1386 // be an unsigned int.
1387 bool AllowUnsigned = Literal.isUnsigned || Literal.getRadix() != 10;
1388
1389 // Check from smallest to largest, picking the smallest type we can.
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001390 unsigned Width = 0;
Chris Lattner97c51562007-08-23 21:58:08 +00001391 if (!Literal.isLong && !Literal.isLongLong) {
1392 // Are int/unsigned possibilities?
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001393 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001394
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001395 // Does it fit in a unsigned int?
1396 if (ResultVal.isIntN(IntSize)) {
1397 // Does it fit in a signed int?
1398 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[IntSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001399 Ty = Context.IntTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001400 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001401 Ty = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001402 Width = IntSize;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001403 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001404 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001405
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001406 // Are long/unsigned long possibilities?
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001407 if (Ty.isNull() && !Literal.isLongLong) {
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001408 unsigned LongSize = Context.Target.getLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001409
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001410 // Does it fit in a unsigned long?
1411 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongSize)) {
1412 // Does it fit in a signed long?
1413 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001414 Ty = Context.LongTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001415 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001416 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001417 Width = LongSize;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001418 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001419 }
1420
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001421 // Finally, check long long if needed.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001422 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001423 unsigned LongLongSize = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001424
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001425 // Does it fit in a unsigned long long?
1426 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongLongSize)) {
1427 // Does it fit in a signed long long?
1428 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongLongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001429 Ty = Context.LongLongTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001430 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001431 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001432 Width = LongLongSize;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001433 }
1434 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001435
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001436 // If we still couldn't decide a type, we probably have something that
1437 // does not fit in a signed long long, but has no U suffix.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001438 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001439 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large_for_signed);
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001440 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001441 Width = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001442 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001443
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001444 if (ResultVal.getBitWidth() != Width)
1445 ResultVal.trunc(Width);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001446 }
Sebastian Redle91b3bc2009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001447 Res = new (Context) IntegerLiteral(ResultVal, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001448 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001449
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001450 // If this is an imaginary literal, create the ImaginaryLiteral wrapper.
1451 if (Literal.isImaginary)
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001452 Res = new (Context) ImaginaryLiteral(Res,
1453 Context.getComplexType(Res->getType()));
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001454
1455 return Owned(Res);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001456}
1457
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001458Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L,
1459 SourceLocation R, ExprArg Val) {
Anders Carlssone9146f22009-05-01 19:49:17 +00001460 Expr *E = Val.takeAs<Expr>();
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001461 assert((E != 0) && "ActOnParenExpr() missing expr");
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001462 return Owned(new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, E));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001463}
1464
1465/// The UsualUnaryConversions() function is *not* called by this routine.
1466/// See C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4] for more details.
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001467bool Sema::CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(QualType exprType,
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001468 SourceLocation OpLoc,
1469 const SourceRange &ExprRange,
1470 bool isSizeof) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001471 if (exprType->isDependentType())
1472 return false;
1473
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001474 // C99 6.5.3.4p1:
Chris Lattner01072922009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001475 if (isa<FunctionType>(exprType)) {
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001476 // alignof(function) is allowed as an extension.
Chris Lattner01072922009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001477 if (isSizeof)
1478 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_function_type) << ExprRange;
1479 return false;
1480 }
1481
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001482 // Allow sizeof(void)/alignof(void) as an extension.
Chris Lattner01072922009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001483 if (exprType->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001484 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_void_type)
1485 << (isSizeof ? "sizeof" : "__alignof") << ExprRange;
Chris Lattner01072922009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001486 return false;
1487 }
Chris Lattnerca790922009-04-21 19:55:16 +00001488
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001489 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, exprType,
1490 isSizeof ? diag::err_sizeof_incomplete_type :
1491 diag::err_alignof_incomplete_type,
1492 ExprRange))
1493 return true;
1494
1495 // Reject sizeof(interface) and sizeof(interface<proto>) in 64-bit mode.
Fariborz Jahanianced1e282009-04-24 17:34:33 +00001496 if (LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI && exprType->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001497 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_nonfragile_interface)
Chris Lattner5cb10d32009-04-24 22:30:50 +00001498 << exprType << isSizeof << ExprRange;
1499 return true;
Chris Lattnerca790922009-04-21 19:55:16 +00001500 }
1501
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001502 return false;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001503}
1504
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001505bool Sema::CheckAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1506 const SourceRange &ExprRange) {
1507 E = E->IgnoreParens();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001508
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001509 // alignof decl is always ok.
1510 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(E))
1511 return false;
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001512
1513 // Cannot know anything else if the expression is dependent.
1514 if (E->isTypeDependent())
1515 return false;
1516
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001517 if (E->getBitField()) {
1518 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 1 << ExprRange;
1519 return true;
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001520 }
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001521
1522 // Alignment of a field access is always okay, so long as it isn't a
1523 // bit-field.
1524 if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E))
Mike Stump8e1fab22009-07-22 18:58:19 +00001525 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001526 return false;
1527
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001528 return CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, ExprRange, false);
1529}
1530
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001531/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given a type operand.
1532Action::OwningExprResult
1533Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(QualType T, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1534 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
1535 if (T.isNull())
1536 return ExprError();
1537
1538 if (!T->isDependentType() &&
1539 CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(T, OpLoc, R, isSizeOf))
1540 return ExprError();
1541
1542 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
1543 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, T,
1544 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1545 R.getEnd()));
1546}
1547
1548/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given an expression
1549/// operand.
1550Action::OwningExprResult
1551Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1552 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
1553 // Verify that the operand is valid.
1554 bool isInvalid = false;
1555 if (E->isTypeDependent()) {
1556 // Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions.
1557 } else if (!isSizeOf) {
1558 isInvalid = CheckAlignOfExpr(E, OpLoc, R);
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001559 } else if (E->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.4p1.
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001560 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 0;
1561 isInvalid = true;
1562 } else {
1563 isInvalid = CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, R, true);
1564 }
1565
1566 if (isInvalid)
1567 return ExprError();
1568
1569 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
1570 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, E,
1571 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1572 R.getEnd()));
1573}
1574
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001575/// ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr - Handle @c sizeof(type) and @c sizeof @c expr and
1576/// the same for @c alignof and @c __alignof
1577/// Note that the ArgRange is invalid if isType is false.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001578Action::OwningExprResult
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001579Sema::ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isSizeof, bool isType,
1580 void *TyOrEx, const SourceRange &ArgRange) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001581 // If error parsing type, ignore.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001582 if (TyOrEx == 0) return ExprError();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001583
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001584 if (isType) {
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001585 QualType ArgTy = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(TyOrEx);
1586 return CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgTy, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgRange);
1587 }
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001588
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001589 // Get the end location.
1590 Expr *ArgEx = (Expr *)TyOrEx;
1591 Action::OwningExprResult Result
1592 = CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgEx, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgEx->getSourceRange());
1593
1594 if (Result.isInvalid())
1595 DeleteExpr(ArgEx);
1596
1597 return move(Result);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001598}
1599
Chris Lattnerba27e2a2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001600QualType Sema::CheckRealImagOperand(Expr *&V, SourceLocation Loc, bool isReal) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001601 if (V->isTypeDependent())
1602 return Context.DependentTy;
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001603
Chris Lattnercc26ed72007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001604 // These operators return the element type of a complex type.
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001605 if (const ComplexType *CT = V->getType()->getAsComplexType())
1606 return CT->getElementType();
Chris Lattnercc26ed72007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001607
1608 // Otherwise they pass through real integer and floating point types here.
1609 if (V->getType()->isArithmeticType())
1610 return V->getType();
1611
1612 // Reject anything else.
Chris Lattnerba27e2a2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001613 Diag(Loc, diag::err_realimag_invalid_type) << V->getType()
1614 << (isReal ? "__real" : "__imag");
Chris Lattnercc26ed72007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001615 return QualType();
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001616}
1617
1618
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001619
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001620Action::OwningExprResult
1621Sema::ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1622 tok::TokenKind Kind, ExprArg Input) {
1623 Expr *Arg = (Expr *)Input.get();
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001624
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001625 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
1626 switch (Kind) {
1627 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
1628 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostInc; break;
1629 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostDec; break;
1630 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001631
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001632 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
1633 (Arg->getType()->isRecordType() || Arg->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
1634 // Which overloaded operator?
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001635 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp =
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001636 (Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc)? OO_PlusPlus : OO_MinusMinus;
1637
1638 // C++ [over.inc]p1:
1639 //
1640 // [...] If the function is a member function with one
1641 // parameter (which shall be of type int) or a non-member
1642 // function with two parameters (the second of which shall be
1643 // of type int), it defines the postfix increment operator ++
1644 // for objects of that type. When the postfix increment is
1645 // called as a result of using the ++ operator, the int
1646 // argument will have value zero.
1647 Expr *Args[2] = {
1648 Arg,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001649 new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(Context.Target.getIntWidth(), 0,
1650 /*isSigned=*/true), Context.IntTy, SourceLocation())
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001651 };
1652
1653 // Build the candidate set for overloading
1654 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001655 AddOperatorCandidates(OverOp, S, OpLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001656
1657 // Perform overload resolution.
1658 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001659 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, OpLoc, Best)) {
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001660 case OR_Success: {
1661 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
1662 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
1663
1664 if (FnDecl) {
1665 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
1666 // operator.
1667
1668 // Convert the arguments.
1669 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
1670 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Arg, Method))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001671 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001672 } else {
1673 // Convert the arguments.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001674 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg,
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001675 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1676 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001677 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001678 }
1679
1680 // Determine the result type
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001681 QualType ResultTy
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001682 = FnDecl->getType()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
1683 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001684
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001685 // Build the actual expression node.
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001686 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
Mike Stump488e25b2009-02-19 02:54:59 +00001687 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001688 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
1689
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001690 Input.release();
Douglas Gregor7ff69262009-05-27 05:00:47 +00001691 Args[0] = Arg;
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001692 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OverOp, FnExpr,
1693 Args, 2, ResultTy,
1694 OpLoc));
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001695 } else {
1696 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
1697 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
1698 // operator node.
1699 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
1700 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001701 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001702
1703 break;
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001704 }
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001705 }
1706
1707 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
1708 // No viable function; fall through to handling this as a
1709 // built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us.
1710 break;
1711
1712 case OR_Ambiguous:
1713 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
1714 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
1715 << Arg->getSourceRange();
1716 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001717 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001718
1719 case OR_Deleted:
1720 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
1721 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
1722 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
1723 << Arg->getSourceRange();
1724 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
1725 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001726 }
1727
1728 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
1729 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
1730 // build a built-in operation.
1731 }
1732
Eli Friedman6016cb22009-07-22 23:24:42 +00001733 Input.release();
1734 Input = Arg;
Eli Friedmande99a452009-07-22 22:25:00 +00001735 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, move(Input));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001736}
1737
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001738Action::OwningExprResult
1739Sema::ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
1740 ExprArg Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
1741 Expr *LHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get()),
1742 *RHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get());
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001743
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001744 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Douglas Gregor3384c9c2009-05-19 00:01:19 +00001745 (LHSExp->isTypeDependent() || RHSExp->isTypeDependent())) {
1746 Base.release();
1747 Idx.release();
1748 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
1749 Context.DependentTy, RLoc));
1750 }
1751
1752 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001753 (LHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
Eli Friedman03f332a2008-12-15 22:34:21 +00001754 LHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType() ||
1755 RHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
1756 RHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001757 // Add the appropriate overloaded operators (C++ [over.match.oper])
1758 // to the candidate set.
1759 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
1760 Expr *Args[2] = { LHSExp, RHSExp };
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001761 AddOperatorCandidates(OO_Subscript, S, LLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
1762 SourceRange(LLoc, RLoc));
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001763
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001764 // Perform overload resolution.
1765 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001766 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, LLoc, Best)) {
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001767 case OR_Success: {
1768 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
1769 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
1770
1771 if (FnDecl) {
1772 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
1773 // operator.
1774
1775 // Convert the arguments.
1776 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
1777 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(LHSExp, Method) ||
1778 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp,
1779 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1780 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001781 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001782 } else {
1783 // Convert the arguments.
1784 if (PerformCopyInitialization(LHSExp,
1785 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1786 "passing") ||
1787 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp,
1788 FnDecl->getParamDecl(1)->getType(),
1789 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001790 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001791 }
1792
1793 // Determine the result type
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001794 QualType ResultTy
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001795 = FnDecl->getType()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
1796 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001797
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001798 // Build the actual expression node.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001799 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
1800 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001801 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
1802
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001803 Base.release();
1804 Idx.release();
Douglas Gregor7ff69262009-05-27 05:00:47 +00001805 Args[0] = LHSExp;
1806 Args[1] = RHSExp;
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001807 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OO_Subscript,
1808 FnExpr, Args, 2,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001809 ResultTy, LLoc));
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001810 } else {
1811 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
1812 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
1813 // operator node.
1814 if (PerformCopyInitialization(LHSExp, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
1815 "passing") ||
1816 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[1],
1817 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001818 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001819
1820 break;
1821 }
1822 }
1823
1824 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
1825 // No viable function; fall through to handling this as a
1826 // built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us.
1827 break;
1828
1829 case OR_Ambiguous:
1830 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
1831 << "[]"
1832 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1833 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001834 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001835
1836 case OR_Deleted:
1837 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
1838 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
1839 << "[]"
1840 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1841 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
1842 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001843 }
1844
1845 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
1846 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
1847 // build a built-in operation.
1848 }
1849
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001850 // Perform default conversions.
1851 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(LHSExp);
1852 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHSExp);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001853
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001854 QualType LHSTy = LHSExp->getType(), RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001855
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001856 // C99 6.5.2.1p2: the expression e1[e2] is by definition precisely equivalent
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00001857 // to the expression *((e1)+(e2)). This means the array "Base" may actually be
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001858 // in the subscript position. As a result, we need to derive the array base
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001859 // and index from the expression types.
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001860 Expr *BaseExpr, *IndexExpr;
1861 QualType ResultType;
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001862 if (LHSTy->isDependentType() || RHSTy->isDependentType()) {
1863 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1864 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1865 ResultType = Context.DependentTy;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001866 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001867 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1868 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001869 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001870 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Chris Lattner7a2e0472007-07-16 00:23:25 +00001871 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001872 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1873 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001874 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001875 } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy =
1876 LHSTy->getAsObjCObjectPointerType()) {
1877 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1878 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1879 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
1880 } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy =
1881 RHSTy->getAsObjCObjectPointerType()) {
1882 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
1883 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1884 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
1885 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Chris Lattnerc8629632007-07-31 19:29:30 +00001886 } else if (const VectorType *VTy = LHSTy->getAsVectorType()) {
1887 BaseExpr = LHSExp; // vectors: V[123]
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001888 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Nate Begeman334a8022009-01-18 00:45:31 +00001889
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001890 // FIXME: need to deal with const...
1891 ResultType = VTy->getElementType();
Eli Friedman7c32f8e2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001892 } else if (LHSTy->isArrayType()) {
1893 // If we see an array that wasn't promoted by
1894 // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion, it must be an array that
1895 // wasn't promoted because of the C90 rule that doesn't
1896 // allow promoting non-lvalue arrays. Warn, then
1897 // force the promotion here.
1898 Diag(LHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
1899 LHSExp->getSourceRange();
1900 ImpCastExprToType(LHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(LHSTy));
1901 LHSTy = LHSExp->getType();
1902
1903 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1904 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001905 ResultType = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Eli Friedman7c32f8e2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001906 } else if (RHSTy->isArrayType()) {
1907 // Same as previous, except for 123[f().a] case
1908 Diag(RHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
1909 RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1910 ImpCastExprToType(RHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(RHSTy));
1911 RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
1912
1913 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1914 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001915 ResultType = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001916 } else {
Chris Lattner338395d2009-04-25 22:50:55 +00001917 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_value)
1918 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001919 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001920 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001921 if (!IndexExpr->getType()->isIntegerType() && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
Chris Lattner338395d2009-04-25 22:50:55 +00001922 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
1923 << IndexExpr->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001924
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001925 // C99 6.5.2.1p1: "shall have type "pointer to *object* type". Similarly,
1926 // C++ [expr.sub]p1: The type "T" shall be a completely-defined object
1927 // type. Note that Functions are not objects, and that (in C99 parlance)
1928 // incomplete types are not object types.
1929 if (ResultType->isFunctionType()) {
1930 Diag(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_subscript_function_type)
1931 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
1932 return ExprError();
1933 }
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001934
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001935 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() &&
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001936 RequireCompleteType(LLoc, ResultType, diag::err_subscript_incomplete_type,
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001937 BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
1938 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001939
1940 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
1941 if (ResultType->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
1942 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_subscript_nonfragile_interface)
1943 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
1944 return ExprError();
1945 }
1946
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001947 Base.release();
1948 Idx.release();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001949 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001950 ResultType, RLoc));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001951}
1952
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001953QualType Sema::
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001954CheckExtVectorComponent(QualType baseType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001955 IdentifierInfo &CompName, SourceLocation CompLoc) {
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001956 const ExtVectorType *vecType = baseType->getAsExtVectorType();
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001957
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001958 // The vector accessor can't exceed the number of elements.
1959 const char *compStr = CompName.getName();
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001960
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001961 // This flag determines whether or not the component is one of the four
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001962 // special names that indicate a subset of exactly half the elements are
1963 // to be selected.
1964 bool HalvingSwizzle = false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001965
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001966 // This flag determines whether or not CompName has an 's' char prefix,
1967 // indicating that it is a string of hex values to be used as vector indices.
Nate Begeman131f4652009-06-25 21:06:09 +00001968 bool HexSwizzle = *compStr == 's' || *compStr == 'S';
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001969
1970 // Check that we've found one of the special components, or that the component
1971 // names must come from the same set.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001972 if (!strcmp(compStr, "hi") || !strcmp(compStr, "lo") ||
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001973 !strcmp(compStr, "even") || !strcmp(compStr, "odd")) {
1974 HalvingSwizzle = true;
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001975 } else if (vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner88dca042007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001976 do
1977 compStr++;
1978 while (*compStr && vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001979 } else if (HexSwizzle || vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner88dca042007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001980 do
1981 compStr++;
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001982 while (*compStr && vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Chris Lattner88dca042007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001983 }
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001984
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001985 if (!HalvingSwizzle && *compStr) {
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001986 // We didn't get to the end of the string. This means the component names
1987 // didn't come from the same set *or* we encountered an illegal name.
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001988 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_name_illegal)
1989 << std::string(compStr,compStr+1) << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001990 return QualType();
1991 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001992
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001993 // Ensure no component accessor exceeds the width of the vector type it
1994 // operates on.
1995 if (!HalvingSwizzle) {
1996 compStr = CompName.getName();
1997
1998 if (HexSwizzle)
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001999 compStr++;
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002000
2001 while (*compStr) {
2002 if (!vecType->isAccessorWithinNumElements(*compStr++)) {
2003 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_exceeds_length)
2004 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
2005 return QualType();
2006 }
2007 }
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002008 }
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00002009
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002010 // If this is a halving swizzle, verify that the base type has an even
2011 // number of elements.
2012 if (HalvingSwizzle && (vecType->getNumElements() & 1U)) {
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002013 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_requires_even)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002014 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00002015 return QualType();
2016 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002017
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002018 // The component accessor looks fine - now we need to compute the actual type.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002019 // The vector type is implied by the component accessor. For example,
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002020 // vec4.b is a float, vec4.xy is a vec2, vec4.rgb is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002021 // vec4.s0 is a float, vec4.s23 is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00002022 // vec4.hi, vec4.lo, vec4.e, and vec4.o all return vec2.
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002023 unsigned CompSize = HalvingSwizzle ? vecType->getNumElements() / 2
2024 : CompName.getLength();
2025 if (HexSwizzle)
2026 CompSize--;
2027
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002028 if (CompSize == 1)
2029 return vecType->getElementType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002030
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00002031 QualType VT = Context.getExtVectorType(vecType->getElementType(), CompSize);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002032 // Now look up the TypeDefDecl from the vector type. Without this,
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00002033 // diagostics look bad. We want extended vector types to appear built-in.
2034 for (unsigned i = 0, E = ExtVectorDecls.size(); i != E; ++i) {
2035 if (ExtVectorDecls[i]->getUnderlyingType() == VT)
2036 return Context.getTypedefType(ExtVectorDecls[i]);
Steve Naroffbea0b342007-07-29 16:33:31 +00002037 }
2038 return VT; // should never get here (a typedef type should always be found).
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002039}
2040
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002041static Decl *FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(const ObjCProtocolDecl*PDecl,
2042 IdentifierInfo &Member,
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002043 const Selector &Sel,
2044 ASTContext &Context) {
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002045
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002046 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = PDecl->FindPropertyDeclaration(&Member))
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002047 return PD;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002048 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = PDecl->getInstanceMethod(Sel))
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002049 return OMD;
2050
2051 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator I = PDecl->protocol_begin(),
2052 E = PDecl->protocol_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002053 if (Decl *D = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel,
2054 Context))
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002055 return D;
2056 }
2057 return 0;
2058}
2059
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002060static Decl *FindGetterNameDecl(const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy,
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002061 IdentifierInfo &Member,
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002062 const Selector &Sel,
2063 ASTContext &Context) {
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002064 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
2065 Decl *GDecl = 0;
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002066 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002067 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002068 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(&Member)) {
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002069 GDecl = PD;
2070 break;
2071 }
2072 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002073 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = (*I)->getInstanceMethod(Sel)) {
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002074 GDecl = OMD;
2075 break;
2076 }
2077 }
2078 if (!GDecl) {
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002079 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002080 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
2081 // Search in the protocol-qualifier list of current protocol.
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002082 GDecl = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel, Context);
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002083 if (GDecl)
2084 return GDecl;
2085 }
2086 }
2087 return GDecl;
2088}
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +00002089
Fariborz Jahanianef79bc92009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002090/// FindMethodInNestedImplementations - Look up a method in current and
2091/// all base class implementations.
2092///
2093ObjCMethodDecl *Sema::FindMethodInNestedImplementations(
2094 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace,
2095 const Selector &Sel) {
2096 ObjCMethodDecl *Method = 0;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis87018772009-07-21 00:06:04 +00002097 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl = IFace->getImplementation())
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002098 Method = ImpDecl->getInstanceMethod(Sel);
Fariborz Jahanianef79bc92009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002099
2100 if (!Method && IFace->getSuperClass())
2101 return FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace->getSuperClass(), Sel);
2102 return Method;
2103}
2104
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002105Action::OwningExprResult
2106Sema::ActOnMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation OpLoc,
2107 tok::TokenKind OpKind, SourceLocation MemberLoc,
Fariborz Jahaniana6e3ac52009-03-04 22:30:12 +00002108 IdentifierInfo &Member,
Douglas Gregorfe85ced2009-08-06 03:17:00 +00002109 DeclPtrTy ObjCImpDecl, const CXXScopeSpec *SS) {
2110 // FIXME: handle the CXXScopeSpec for proper lookup of qualified-ids
2111 if (SS && SS->isInvalid())
2112 return ExprError();
2113
Anders Carlssonf1b1d592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00002114 Expr *BaseExpr = Base.takeAs<Expr>();
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002115 assert(BaseExpr && "no record expression");
Steve Naroff3cc4af82007-12-16 21:42:28 +00002116
2117 // Perform default conversions.
2118 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(BaseExpr);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002119
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002120 QualType BaseType = BaseExpr->getType();
2121 assert(!BaseType.isNull() && "no type for member expression");
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002122
Chris Lattner68a057b2008-07-21 04:36:39 +00002123 // Get the type being accessed in BaseType. If this is an arrow, the BaseExpr
2124 // must have pointer type, and the accessed type is the pointee.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002125 if (OpKind == tok::arrow) {
Anders Carlssonffce2df2009-05-15 23:10:19 +00002126 if (BaseType->isDependentType())
Douglas Gregor1c0ca592009-05-22 21:13:27 +00002127 return Owned(new (Context) CXXUnresolvedMemberExpr(Context,
2128 BaseExpr, true,
2129 OpLoc,
2130 DeclarationName(&Member),
2131 MemberLoc));
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002132 else if (const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>())
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002133 BaseType = PT->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002134 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
2135 ;
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002136 else
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002137 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
2138 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow)
2139 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Anders Carlssonffce2df2009-05-15 23:10:19 +00002140 } else {
Anders Carlsson4ef27702009-05-16 20:31:20 +00002141 if (BaseType->isDependentType()) {
2142 // Require that the base type isn't a pointer type
2143 // (so we'll report an error for)
2144 // T* t;
2145 // t.f;
2146 //
2147 // In Obj-C++, however, the above expression is valid, since it could be
2148 // accessing the 'f' property if T is an Obj-C interface. The extra check
2149 // allows this, while still reporting an error if T is a struct pointer.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002150 const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>();
Anders Carlsson4ef27702009-05-16 20:31:20 +00002151
2152 if (!PT || (getLangOptions().ObjC1 &&
2153 !PT->getPointeeType()->isRecordType()))
Douglas Gregor1c0ca592009-05-22 21:13:27 +00002154 return Owned(new (Context) CXXUnresolvedMemberExpr(Context,
2155 BaseExpr, false,
2156 OpLoc,
2157 DeclarationName(&Member),
2158 MemberLoc));
Anders Carlsson4ef27702009-05-16 20:31:20 +00002159 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002160 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002161
Chris Lattner68a057b2008-07-21 04:36:39 +00002162 // Handle field access to simple records. This also handles access to fields
2163 // of the ObjC 'id' struct.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002164 if (const RecordType *RTy = BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002165 RecordDecl *RDecl = RTy->getDecl();
Douglas Gregor86447ec2009-03-09 16:13:40 +00002166 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, BaseType,
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00002167 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_tag,
2168 BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
2169 return ExprError();
2170
Douglas Gregorfe85ced2009-08-06 03:17:00 +00002171 DeclContext *DC = RDecl;
2172 if (SS && SS->isSet()) {
2173 // If the member name was a qualified-id, look into the
2174 // nested-name-specifier.
2175 DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false);
2176
2177 // FIXME: If DC is not computable, we should build a
2178 // CXXUnresolvedMemberExpr.
2179 assert(DC && "Cannot handle non-computable dependent contexts in lookup");
2180 }
2181
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002182 // The record definition is complete, now make sure the member is valid.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002183 LookupResult Result
Douglas Gregorfe85ced2009-08-06 03:17:00 +00002184 = LookupQualifiedName(DC, DeclarationName(&Member),
Douglas Gregor4c921ae2009-01-30 01:04:22 +00002185 LookupMemberName, false);
Douglas Gregor7176fff2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002186
Douglas Gregordcee1a12009-08-06 05:28:30 +00002187 if (SS && SS->isSet()) {
Douglas Gregorfe85ced2009-08-06 03:17:00 +00002188 QualType BaseTypeCanon
2189 = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseType).getUnqualifiedType();
2190 QualType MemberTypeCanon
2191 = Context.getCanonicalType(
2192 Context.getTypeDeclType(
2193 dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(Result.getAsDecl()->getDeclContext())));
2194
2195 if (BaseTypeCanon != MemberTypeCanon &&
2196 !IsDerivedFrom(BaseTypeCanon, MemberTypeCanon))
2197 return ExprError(Diag(SS->getBeginLoc(),
2198 diag::err_not_direct_base_or_virtual)
2199 << MemberTypeCanon << BaseTypeCanon);
2200 }
2201
Douglas Gregor7176fff2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002202 if (!Result)
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002203 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
2204 << &Member << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002205 if (Result.isAmbiguous()) {
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002206 DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(Result, DeclarationName(&Member),
2207 MemberLoc, BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
2208 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002209 }
2210
2211 NamedDecl *MemberDecl = Result;
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00002212
Chris Lattner56cd21b2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00002213 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
2214 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
2215 // error cases.
2216 if (MemberDecl->isInvalidDecl())
2217 return ExprError();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002218
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002219 // Check the use of this field
2220 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(MemberDecl, MemberLoc))
2221 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner56cd21b2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00002222
Douglas Gregor3fc749d2008-12-23 00:26:44 +00002223 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +00002224 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
2225 // (C++ [class.union]).
2226 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00002227 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(MemberLoc, FD,
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002228 BaseExpr, OpLoc);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +00002229
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002230 // Figure out the type of the member; see C99 6.5.2.3p3, C++ [expr.ref]
Douglas Gregor3fc749d2008-12-23 00:26:44 +00002231 QualType MemberType = FD->getType();
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002232 if (const ReferenceType *Ref = MemberType->getAs<ReferenceType>())
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002233 MemberType = Ref->getPointeeType();
2234 else {
Mon P Wangc6a38a42009-07-22 03:08:17 +00002235 unsigned BaseAddrSpace = BaseType.getAddressSpace();
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002236 unsigned combinedQualifiers =
2237 MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | BaseType.getCVRQualifiers();
Douglas Gregor3fc749d2008-12-23 00:26:44 +00002238 if (FD->isMutable())
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002239 combinedQualifiers &= ~QualType::Const;
2240 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
Mon P Wangc6a38a42009-07-22 03:08:17 +00002241 if (BaseAddrSpace != MemberType.getAddressSpace())
2242 MemberType = Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(MemberType, BaseAddrSpace);
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002243 }
Eli Friedman51019072008-02-06 22:48:16 +00002244
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002245 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, FD);
Fariborz Jahanianf3e53d32009-07-29 19:40:11 +00002246 if (PerformObjectMemberConversion(BaseExpr, FD))
2247 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002248 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, FD,
2249 MemberLoc, MemberType));
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002250 }
2251
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002252 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2253 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002254 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002255 Var, MemberLoc,
2256 Var->getType().getNonReferenceType()));
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002257 }
2258 if (FunctionDecl *MemberFn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2259 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002260 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002261 MemberFn, MemberLoc,
2262 MemberFn->getType()));
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002263 }
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002264 if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl
2265 = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemberDecl))
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002266 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, Ovl,
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002267 MemberLoc, Context.OverloadTy));
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002268 if (EnumConstantDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2269 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002270 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
2271 Enum, MemberLoc, Enum->getType()));
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002272 }
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002273 if (isa<TypeDecl>(MemberDecl))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002274 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_type)
2275 << DeclarationName(&Member) << int(OpKind == tok::arrow));
Eli Friedman51019072008-02-06 22:48:16 +00002276
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002277 // We found a declaration kind that we didn't expect. This is a
2278 // generic error message that tells the user that she can't refer
2279 // to this member with '.' or '->'.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002280 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
2281 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_unknown)
2282 << DeclarationName(&Member) << int(OpKind == tok::arrow));
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002283 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002284
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002285 // Handle properties on ObjC 'Class' types.
Steve Naroff430ee5a2009-07-13 17:19:15 +00002286 if (OpKind == tok::period && BaseType->isObjCClassType()) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002287 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
2288 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
2289 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl()) {
2290 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = MD->getClassInterface();
2291 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter;
2292 // FIXME: need to also look locally in the implementation.
2293 if ((Getter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(Sel))) {
2294 // Check the use of this method.
2295 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
2296 return ExprError();
2297 }
2298 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
2299 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
2300 Selector SetterSel =
2301 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
2302 PP.getSelectorTable(), &Member);
2303 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(SetterSel);
2304 if (!Setter) {
2305 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
2306 // methods.
2307 Setter = FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace, SetterSel);
2308 }
2309 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1cb35dd2009-07-21 00:06:20 +00002310 if (!Setter)
2311 Setter = IFace->getCategoryClassMethod(SetterSel);
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002312
2313 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
2314 return ExprError();
2315
2316 if (Getter || Setter) {
2317 QualType PType;
2318
2319 if (Getter)
2320 PType = Getter->getResultType();
2321 else {
2322 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Setter->param_begin(),
2323 E = Setter->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI)
2324 PType = (*PI)->getType();
2325 }
2326 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
2327 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCKVCRefExpr(Getter, PType,
2328 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2329 }
2330 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2331 << &Member << BaseType);
2332 }
2333 }
Chris Lattnera38e6b12008-07-21 04:59:05 +00002334 // Handle access to Objective-C instance variables, such as "Obj->ivar" and
2335 // (*Obj).ivar.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002336 if ((OpKind == tok::arrow && BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) ||
2337 (OpKind == tok::period && BaseType->isObjCInterfaceType())) {
2338 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = BaseType->getAsObjCObjectPointerType();
2339 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFaceT =
2340 OPT ? OPT->getInterfaceType() : BaseType->getAsObjCInterfaceType();
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002341 if (IFaceT) {
2342 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = IFaceT->getDecl();
2343 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
2344 ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IDecl->lookupInstanceVariable(&Member, ClassDeclared);
2345
2346 if (IV) {
2347 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
2348 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
2349 // error cases.
2350 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
2351 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002352
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002353 // Check whether we can reference this field.
2354 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, MemberLoc))
2355 return ExprError();
2356 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Public &&
2357 IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Package) {
2358 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassOfMethodDecl = 0;
2359 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
2360 ClassOfMethodDecl = MD->getClassInterface();
2361 else if (ObjCImpDecl && getCurFunctionDecl()) {
2362 // Case of a c-function declared inside an objc implementation.
2363 // FIXME: For a c-style function nested inside an objc implementation
2364 // class, there is no implementation context available, so we pass
2365 // down the context as argument to this routine. Ideally, this context
2366 // need be passed down in the AST node and somehow calculated from the
2367 // AST for a function decl.
2368 Decl *ImplDecl = ObjCImpDecl.getAs<Decl>();
2369 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPD =
2370 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(ImplDecl))
2371 ClassOfMethodDecl = IMPD->getClassInterface();
2372 else if (ObjCCategoryImplDecl* CatImplClass =
2373 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(ImplDecl))
2374 ClassOfMethodDecl = CatImplClass->getClassInterface();
2375 }
2376
2377 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private) {
2378 if (ClassDeclared != IDecl ||
2379 ClassOfMethodDecl != ClassDeclared)
2380 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_private_ivar_access)
2381 << IV->getDeclName();
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +00002382 } else if (!IDecl->isSuperClassOf(ClassOfMethodDecl))
2383 // @protected
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002384 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_protected_ivar_access)
2385 << IV->getDeclName();
Steve Naroffb06d8752009-03-04 18:34:24 +00002386 }
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002387
2388 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(),
2389 MemberLoc, BaseExpr,
2390 OpKind == tok::arrow));
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +00002391 }
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002392 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_ivar)
2393 << IDecl->getDeclName() << &Member
2394 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Fariborz Jahanianaaa63a72008-12-13 22:20:28 +00002395 }
Steve Narofff242b1b2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00002396 // We have an 'id' type. Rather than fall through, we check if this
2397 // is a reference to 'isa'.
Steve Naroff99b10be2009-07-29 14:06:03 +00002398 if (Member.isStr("isa"))
Steve Narofff242b1b2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00002399 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIsaExpr(BaseExpr, true, MemberLoc,
2400 Context.getObjCIdType()));
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002401 }
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +00002402 // Handle properties on 'id' and qualified "id".
2403 if (OpKind == tok::period && (BaseType->isObjCIdType() ||
2404 BaseType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
2405 const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy = BaseType->getAsObjCObjectPointerType();
2406
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002407 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
2408 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
2409 if (Decl *PMDecl = FindGetterNameDecl(QIdTy, Member, Sel, Context)) {
2410 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyDecl>(PMDecl)) {
2411 // Check the use of this declaration
2412 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2413 return ExprError();
2414
2415 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
2416 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2417 }
2418 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(PMDecl)) {
2419 // Check the use of this method.
2420 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OMD, MemberLoc))
2421 return ExprError();
2422
2423 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCMessageExpr(BaseExpr, Sel,
2424 OMD->getResultType(),
2425 OMD, OpLoc, MemberLoc,
2426 NULL, 0));
2427 }
2428 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002429
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002430 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2431 << &Member << BaseType);
2432 }
Chris Lattnera38e6b12008-07-21 04:59:05 +00002433 // Handle Objective-C property access, which is "Obj.property" where Obj is a
2434 // pointer to a (potentially qualified) interface type.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002435 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT;
2436 if (OpKind == tok::period &&
2437 (OPT = BaseType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType())) {
2438 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFaceT = OPT->getInterfaceType();
2439 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = IFaceT->getDecl();
2440
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002441 // Search for a declared property first.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002442 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = IFace->FindPropertyDeclaration(&Member)) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002443 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2444 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2445 return ExprError();
Fariborz Jahanian4c2743f2009-05-08 19:36:34 +00002446 QualType ResTy = PD->getType();
2447 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002448 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Sel);
Fariborz Jahanianc001e892009-05-08 20:20:55 +00002449 if (DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(PD, Getter, MemberLoc))
2450 ResTy = Getter->getResultType();
Fariborz Jahanian4c2743f2009-05-08 19:36:34 +00002451 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, ResTy,
Chris Lattner7eba82e2009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002452 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2453 }
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002454 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00002455 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
2456 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I)
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002457 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(&Member)) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002458 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2459 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2460 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner7eba82e2009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002461
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002462 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
Chris Lattner7eba82e2009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002463 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2464 }
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002465 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
2466 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I)
2467 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(&Member)) {
2468 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2469 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2470 return ExprError();
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002471
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002472 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
2473 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2474 }
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002475 // If that failed, look for an "implicit" property by seeing if the nullary
2476 // selector is implemented.
2477
2478 // FIXME: The logic for looking up nullary and unary selectors should be
2479 // shared with the code in ActOnInstanceMessage.
2480
2481 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002482 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Sel);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002483
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002484 // If this reference is in an @implementation, check for 'private' methods.
2485 if (!Getter)
Fariborz Jahanianef79bc92009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002486 Getter = FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace, Sel);
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002487
Steve Naroff7692ed62008-10-22 19:16:27 +00002488 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1cb35dd2009-07-21 00:06:20 +00002489 if (!Getter)
2490 Getter = IFace->getCategoryInstanceMethod(Sel);
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002491 if (Getter) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002492 // Check if we can reference this property.
2493 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
2494 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002495 }
2496 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
2497 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
2498 Selector SetterSel =
2499 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
2500 PP.getSelectorTable(), &Member);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002501 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002502 if (!Setter) {
2503 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
2504 // methods.
Fariborz Jahanianef79bc92009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002505 Setter = FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace, SetterSel);
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002506 }
2507 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1cb35dd2009-07-21 00:06:20 +00002508 if (!Setter)
2509 Setter = IFace->getCategoryInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002510
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002511 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
2512 return ExprError();
2513
2514 if (Getter || Setter) {
2515 QualType PType;
2516
2517 if (Getter)
2518 PType = Getter->getResultType();
2519 else {
2520 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Setter->param_begin(),
2521 E = Setter->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI)
2522 PType = (*PI)->getType();
2523 }
2524 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
2525 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCKVCRefExpr(Getter, PType,
2526 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2527 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002528 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2529 << &Member << BaseType);
Fariborz Jahanian232220c2007-11-12 22:29:28 +00002530 }
Steve Naroffdd53eb52009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002531
Steve Narofff242b1b2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00002532 // Handle the following exceptional case (*Obj).isa.
2533 if (OpKind == tok::period &&
2534 BaseType->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCId) &&
Steve Naroff99b10be2009-07-29 14:06:03 +00002535 Member.isStr("isa"))
Steve Narofff242b1b2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00002536 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIsaExpr(BaseExpr, false, MemberLoc,
2537 Context.getObjCIdType()));
2538
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002539 // Handle 'field access' to vectors, such as 'V.xx'.
Chris Lattner73525de2009-02-16 21:11:58 +00002540 if (BaseType->isExtVectorType()) {
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002541 QualType ret = CheckExtVectorComponent(BaseType, OpLoc, Member, MemberLoc);
2542 if (ret.isNull())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002543 return ExprError();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002544 return Owned(new (Context) ExtVectorElementExpr(ret, BaseExpr, Member,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002545 MemberLoc));
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002546 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002547
Douglas Gregor214f31a2009-03-27 06:00:30 +00002548 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_struct_union)
2549 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
2550
2551 // If the user is trying to apply -> or . to a function or function
2552 // pointer, it's probably because they forgot parentheses to call
2553 // the function. Suggest the addition of those parentheses.
2554 if (BaseType == Context.OverloadTy ||
2555 BaseType->isFunctionType() ||
2556 (BaseType->isPointerType() &&
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002557 BaseType->getAs<PointerType>()->isFunctionType())) {
Douglas Gregor214f31a2009-03-27 06:00:30 +00002558 SourceLocation Loc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(BaseExpr->getLocEnd());
2559 Diag(Loc, diag::note_member_reference_needs_call)
2560 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Loc, "()");
2561 }
2562
2563 return ExprError();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002564}
2565
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002566/// ConvertArgumentsForCall - Converts the arguments specified in
2567/// Args/NumArgs to the parameter types of the function FDecl with
2568/// function prototype Proto. Call is the call expression itself, and
2569/// Fn is the function expression. For a C++ member function, this
2570/// routine does not attempt to convert the object argument. Returns
2571/// true if the call is ill-formed.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002572bool
2573Sema::ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002574 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002575 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002576 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2577 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002578 // C99 6.5.2.2p7 - the arguments are implicitly converted, as if by
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002579 // assignment, to the types of the corresponding parameter, ...
2580 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
2581 unsigned NumArgsToCheck = NumArgs;
Douglas Gregor3fd56d72009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002582 bool Invalid = false;
2583
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002584 // If too few arguments are available (and we don't have default
2585 // arguments for the remaining parameters), don't make the call.
2586 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto) {
2587 if (!FDecl || NumArgs < FDecl->getMinRequiredArguments())
2588 return Diag(RParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
2589 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange();
2590 // Use default arguments for missing arguments
2591 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +00002592 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002593 }
2594
2595 // If too many are passed and not variadic, error on the extras and drop
2596 // them.
2597 if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto) {
2598 if (!Proto->isVariadic()) {
2599 Diag(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
2600 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
2601 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange()
2602 << SourceRange(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
2603 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd());
2604 // This deletes the extra arguments.
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +00002605 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor3fd56d72009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002606 Invalid = true;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002607 }
2608 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
2609 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002610
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002611 // Continue to check argument types (even if we have too few/many args).
2612 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgsToCheck; i++) {
2613 QualType ProtoArgType = Proto->getArgType(i);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002614
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002615 Expr *Arg;
Douglas Gregor61366e92008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002616 if (i < NumArgs) {
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002617 Arg = Args[i];
Douglas Gregor61366e92008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002618
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002619 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2620 ProtoArgType,
2621 diag::err_call_incomplete_argument,
2622 Arg->getSourceRange()))
2623 return true;
2624
Douglas Gregor61366e92008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002625 // Pass the argument.
2626 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, ProtoArgType, "passing"))
2627 return true;
Anders Carlsson5e300d12009-06-12 16:51:40 +00002628 } else {
2629 if (FDecl->getParamDecl(i)->hasUnparsedDefaultArg()) {
2630 Diag (Call->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2631 diag::err_use_of_default_argument_to_function_declared_later) <<
2632 FDecl << cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FDecl->getDeclContext())->getDeclName();
2633 Diag(UnparsedDefaultArgLocs[FDecl->getParamDecl(i)],
2634 diag::note_default_argument_declared_here);
Anders Carlssonf54741e2009-06-16 03:37:31 +00002635 } else {
2636 Expr *DefaultExpr = FDecl->getParamDecl(i)->getDefaultArg();
2637
2638 // If the default expression creates temporaries, we need to
2639 // push them to the current stack of expression temporaries so they'll
2640 // be properly destroyed.
2641 if (CXXExprWithTemporaries *E
2642 = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXExprWithTemporaries>(DefaultExpr)) {
2643 assert(!E->shouldDestroyTemporaries() &&
2644 "Can't destroy temporaries in a default argument expr!");
2645 for (unsigned I = 0, N = E->getNumTemporaries(); I != N; ++I)
2646 ExprTemporaries.push_back(E->getTemporary(I));
2647 }
Anders Carlsson5e300d12009-06-12 16:51:40 +00002648 }
Anders Carlssonf54741e2009-06-16 03:37:31 +00002649
Douglas Gregor61366e92008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002650 // We already type-checked the argument, so we know it works.
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002651 Arg = new (Context) CXXDefaultArgExpr(FDecl->getParamDecl(i));
Anders Carlsson5e300d12009-06-12 16:51:40 +00002652 }
2653
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002654 QualType ArgType = Arg->getType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002655
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002656 Call->setArg(i, Arg);
2657 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002658
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002659 // If this is a variadic call, handle args passed through "...".
2660 if (Proto->isVariadic()) {
Anders Carlssondce5e2c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +00002661 VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicFunction;
2662 if (Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType())
2663 CallType = VariadicBlock; // Block
2664 else if (isa<MemberExpr>(Fn))
2665 CallType = VariadicMethod;
2666
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002667 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p7).
2668 for (unsigned i = NumArgsInProto; i != NumArgs; i++) {
2669 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00002670 Invalid |= DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Arg, CallType);
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002671 Call->setArg(i, Arg);
2672 }
2673 }
2674
Douglas Gregor3fd56d72009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002675 return Invalid;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002676}
2677
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002678/// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002679/// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
2680/// locations.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002681Action::OwningExprResult
2682Sema::ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2683 MultiExprArg args,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002684 SourceLocation *CommaLocs, SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002685 unsigned NumArgs = args.size();
Anders Carlssonf1b1d592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00002686 Expr *Fn = fn.takeAs<Expr>();
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002687 Expr **Args = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(args.release());
Chris Lattner74c469f2007-07-21 03:03:59 +00002688 assert(Fn && "no function call expression");
Chris Lattner04421082008-04-08 04:40:51 +00002689 FunctionDecl *FDecl = NULL;
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +00002690 NamedDecl *NDecl = NULL;
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002691 DeclarationName UnqualifiedName;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002692
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002693 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002694 // Determine whether this is a dependent call inside a C++ template,
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002695 // in which case we won't do any semantic analysis now.
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00002696 // FIXME: Will need to cache the results of name lookup (including ADL) in
2697 // Fn.
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002698 bool Dependent = false;
2699 if (Fn->isTypeDependent())
2700 Dependent = true;
2701 else if (Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Args, NumArgs))
2702 Dependent = true;
2703
2704 if (Dependent)
Ted Kremenek668bf912009-02-09 20:51:47 +00002705 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002706 Context.DependentTy, RParenLoc));
2707
2708 // Determine whether this is a call to an object (C++ [over.call.object]).
2709 if (Fn->getType()->isRecordType())
2710 return Owned(BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
2711 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
2712
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002713 // Determine whether this is a call to a member function.
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002714 if (MemberExpr *MemExpr = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Fn->IgnoreParens())) {
2715 NamedDecl *MemDecl = MemExpr->getMemberDecl();
2716 if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemDecl) ||
2717 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(MemDecl) ||
2718 (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(MemDecl) &&
2719 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(
2720 cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(MemDecl)->getTemplatedDecl())))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002721 return Owned(BuildCallToMemberFunction(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
2722 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002723 }
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002724 }
2725
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002726 // If we're directly calling a function, get the appropriate declaration.
Douglas Gregor6db8ed42009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002727 // Also, in C++, keep track of whether we should perform argument-dependent
2728 // lookup and whether there were any explicitly-specified template arguments.
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002729 Expr *FnExpr = Fn;
2730 bool ADL = true;
Douglas Gregor6db8ed42009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002731 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = 0;
2732 const TemplateArgument *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0;
2733 unsigned NumExplicitTemplateArgs = 0;
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002734 while (true) {
2735 if (ImplicitCastExpr *IcExpr = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(FnExpr))
2736 FnExpr = IcExpr->getSubExpr();
2737 else if (ParenExpr *PExpr = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(FnExpr)) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002738 // Parentheses around a function disable ADL
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002739 // (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p1).
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002740 ADL = false;
2741 FnExpr = PExpr->getSubExpr();
2742 } else if (isa<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr) &&
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002743 cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getOpcode()
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002744 == UnaryOperator::AddrOf) {
2745 FnExpr = cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getSubExpr();
Douglas Gregoredce4dd2009-06-30 22:34:41 +00002746 } else if (DeclRefExpr *DRExpr = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(FnExpr)) {
Chris Lattner90e150d2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002747 // Qualified names disable ADL (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p1).
2748 ADL &= !isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(DRExpr);
Douglas Gregoredce4dd2009-06-30 22:34:41 +00002749 NDecl = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(DRExpr->getDecl());
Chris Lattner90e150d2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002750 break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002751 } else if (UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr *DepName
Chris Lattner90e150d2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002752 = dyn_cast<UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr>(FnExpr)) {
2753 UnqualifiedName = DepName->getName();
2754 break;
Douglas Gregoredce4dd2009-06-30 22:34:41 +00002755 } else if (TemplateIdRefExpr *TemplateIdRef
2756 = dyn_cast<TemplateIdRefExpr>(FnExpr)) {
2757 NDecl = TemplateIdRef->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl();
Douglas Gregord99cbe62009-07-29 18:26:50 +00002758 if (!NDecl)
2759 NDecl = TemplateIdRef->getTemplateName().getAsOverloadedFunctionDecl();
Douglas Gregor6db8ed42009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002760 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
2761 ExplicitTemplateArgs = TemplateIdRef->getTemplateArgs();
2762 NumExplicitTemplateArgs = TemplateIdRef->getNumTemplateArgs();
2763
2764 // C++ [temp.arg.explicit]p6:
2765 // [Note: For simple function names, argument dependent lookup (3.4.2)
2766 // applies even when the function name is not visible within the
2767 // scope of the call. This is because the call still has the syntactic
2768 // form of a function call (3.4.1). But when a function template with
2769 // explicit template arguments is used, the call does not have the
2770 // correct syntactic form unless there is a function template with
2771 // that name visible at the point of the call. If no such name is
2772 // visible, the call is not syntactically well-formed and
2773 // argument-dependent lookup does not apply. If some such name is
2774 // visible, argument dependent lookup applies and additional function
2775 // templates may be found in other namespaces.
2776 //
2777 // The summary of this paragraph is that, if we get to this point and the
2778 // template-id was not a qualified name, then argument-dependent lookup
2779 // is still possible.
2780 if (TemplateIdRef->getQualifier())
2781 ADL = false;
Douglas Gregoredce4dd2009-06-30 22:34:41 +00002782 break;
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002783 } else {
Chris Lattner90e150d2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002784 // Any kind of name that does not refer to a declaration (or
2785 // set of declarations) disables ADL (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3).
2786 ADL = false;
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002787 break;
2788 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002789 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002790
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002791 OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = 0;
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002792 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = 0;
Douglas Gregoredce4dd2009-06-30 22:34:41 +00002793 if (NDecl) {
2794 FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NDecl);
2795 if ((FunctionTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(NDecl)))
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002796 FDecl = FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl();
2797 else
Douglas Gregoredce4dd2009-06-30 22:34:41 +00002798 FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NDecl);
2799 Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(NDecl);
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002800 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002801
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002802 if (Ovl || FunctionTemplate ||
2803 (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (FDecl || UnqualifiedName))) {
Douglas Gregor3e41d602009-02-13 23:20:09 +00002804 // We don't perform ADL for implicit declarations of builtins.
Douglas Gregor3c385e52009-02-14 18:57:46 +00002805 if (FDecl && FDecl->getBuiltinID(Context) && FDecl->isImplicit())
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002806 ADL = false;
2807
Douglas Gregorf9201e02009-02-11 23:02:49 +00002808 // We don't perform ADL in C.
2809 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
2810 ADL = false;
2811
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002812 if (Ovl || FunctionTemplate || ADL) {
Douglas Gregor6db8ed42009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002813 FDecl = ResolveOverloadedCallFn(Fn, NDecl, UnqualifiedName,
2814 HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
2815 ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2816 NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
2817 LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs, CommaLocs,
2818 RParenLoc, ADL);
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002819 if (!FDecl)
2820 return ExprError();
2821
2822 // Update Fn to refer to the actual function selected.
2823 Expr *NewFn = 0;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002824 if (QualifiedDeclRefExpr *QDRExpr
Douglas Gregoredce4dd2009-06-30 22:34:41 +00002825 = dyn_cast<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(FnExpr))
Douglas Gregorab452ba2009-03-26 23:50:42 +00002826 NewFn = new (Context) QualifiedDeclRefExpr(FDecl, FDecl->getType(),
2827 QDRExpr->getLocation(),
2828 false, false,
2829 QDRExpr->getQualifierRange(),
2830 QDRExpr->getQualifier());
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002831 else
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002832 NewFn = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FDecl, FDecl->getType(),
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002833 Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin());
2834 Fn->Destroy(Context);
2835 Fn = NewFn;
2836 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002837 }
Chris Lattner04421082008-04-08 04:40:51 +00002838
2839 // Promote the function operand.
2840 UsualUnaryConversions(Fn);
2841
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002842 // Make the call expr early, before semantic checks. This guarantees cleanup
2843 // of arguments and function on error.
Ted Kremenek668bf912009-02-09 20:51:47 +00002844 ExprOwningPtr<CallExpr> TheCall(this, new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn,
2845 Args, NumArgs,
2846 Context.BoolTy,
2847 RParenLoc));
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002848
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002849 const FunctionType *FuncT;
2850 if (!Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType()) {
2851 // C99 6.5.2.2p1 - "The expression that denotes the called function shall
2852 // have type pointer to function".
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002853 const PointerType *PT = Fn->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002854 if (PT == 0)
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002855 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
2856 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002857 FuncT = PT->getPointeeType()->getAsFunctionType();
2858 } else { // This is a block call.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002859 FuncT = Fn->getType()->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType()->
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002860 getAsFunctionType();
2861 }
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002862 if (FuncT == 0)
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002863 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
2864 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
2865
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002866 // Check for a valid return type
2867 if (!FuncT->getResultType()->isVoidType() &&
2868 RequireCompleteType(Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2869 FuncT->getResultType(),
2870 diag::err_call_incomplete_return,
2871 TheCall->getSourceRange()))
2872 return ExprError();
2873
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002874 // We know the result type of the call, set it.
Douglas Gregor15da57e2008-10-29 02:00:59 +00002875 TheCall->setType(FuncT->getResultType().getNonReferenceType());
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002876
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002877 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FuncT)) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002878 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, Fn, FDecl, Proto, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002879 RParenLoc))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002880 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002881 } else {
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002882 assert(isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FuncT) && "Unknown FunctionType!");
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002883
Douglas Gregor74734d52009-04-02 15:37:10 +00002884 if (FDecl) {
2885 // Check if we have too few/too many template arguments, based
2886 // on our knowledge of the function definition.
2887 const FunctionDecl *Def = 0;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6fb0aee2009-06-30 02:35:26 +00002888 if (FDecl->getBody(Def) && NumArgs != Def->param_size()) {
Eli Friedmanbc4e29f2009-06-01 09:24:59 +00002889 const FunctionProtoType *Proto =
2890 Def->getType()->getAsFunctionProtoType();
2891 if (!Proto || !(Proto->isVariadic() && NumArgs >= Def->param_size())) {
2892 Diag(RParenLoc, diag::warn_call_wrong_number_of_arguments)
2893 << (NumArgs > Def->param_size()) << FDecl << Fn->getSourceRange();
2894 }
2895 }
Douglas Gregor74734d52009-04-02 15:37:10 +00002896 }
2897
Steve Naroffb291ab62007-08-28 23:30:39 +00002898 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p6).
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002899 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; i++) {
2900 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
2901 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Arg);
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002902 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2903 Arg->getType(),
2904 diag::err_call_incomplete_argument,
2905 Arg->getSourceRange()))
2906 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002907 TheCall->setArg(i, Arg);
Steve Naroffb291ab62007-08-28 23:30:39 +00002908 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002909 }
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002910
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002911 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(FDecl))
2912 if (!Method->isStatic())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002913 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_member_call_without_object)
2914 << Fn->getSourceRange());
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002915
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +00002916 // Check for sentinels
2917 if (NDecl)
2918 DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NDecl, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs);
Chris Lattner59907c42007-08-10 20:18:51 +00002919 // Do special checking on direct calls to functions.
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +00002920 if (FDecl)
Eli Friedmand38617c2008-05-14 19:38:39 +00002921 return CheckFunctionCall(FDecl, TheCall.take());
Fariborz Jahanian725165f2009-05-18 21:05:18 +00002922 if (NDecl)
2923 return CheckBlockCall(NDecl, TheCall.take());
Chris Lattner59907c42007-08-10 20:18:51 +00002924
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002925 return Owned(TheCall.take());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002926}
2927
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002928Action::OwningExprResult
2929Sema::ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
2930 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg InitExpr) {
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002931 assert((Ty != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing type");
Steve Naroff4aa88f82007-07-19 01:06:55 +00002932 QualType literalType = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(Ty);
Steve Naroffaff1edd2007-07-19 21:32:11 +00002933 // FIXME: put back this assert when initializers are worked out.
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002934 //assert((InitExpr != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing expression");
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002935 Expr *literalExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(InitExpr.get());
Anders Carlssond35c8322007-12-05 07:24:19 +00002936
Eli Friedman6223c222008-05-20 05:22:08 +00002937 if (literalType->isArrayType()) {
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002938 if (literalType->isVariableArrayType())
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002939 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_variable_object_no_init)
2940 << SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd()));
Douglas Gregor690dc7f2009-05-21 23:48:18 +00002941 } else if (!literalType->isDependentType() &&
2942 RequireCompleteType(LParenLoc, literalType,
2943 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type,
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00002944 SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd())))
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002945 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman6223c222008-05-20 05:22:08 +00002946
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002947 if (CheckInitializerTypes(literalExpr, literalType, LParenLoc,
Douglas Gregor09f41cf2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002948 DeclarationName(), /*FIXME:DirectInit=*/false))
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002949 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffe9b12192008-01-14 18:19:28 +00002950
Chris Lattner371f2582008-12-04 23:50:19 +00002951 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Steve Naroffe9b12192008-01-14 18:19:28 +00002952 if (isFileScope) { // 6.5.2.5p3
Steve Naroffd0091aa2008-01-10 22:15:12 +00002953 if (CheckForConstantInitializer(literalExpr, literalType))
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002954 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffd0091aa2008-01-10 22:15:12 +00002955 }
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002956 InitExpr.release();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002957 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, literalType,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002958 literalExpr, isFileScope));
Steve Naroff4aa88f82007-07-19 01:06:55 +00002959}
2960
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002961Action::OwningExprResult
2962Sema::ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, MultiExprArg initlist,
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002963 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
2964 unsigned NumInit = initlist.size();
2965 Expr **InitList = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(initlist.release());
Anders Carlsson66b5a8a2007-08-31 04:56:16 +00002966
Steve Naroff08d92e42007-09-15 18:49:24 +00002967 // Semantic analysis for initializers is done by ActOnDeclarator() and
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002968 // CheckInitializer() - it requires knowledge of the object being intialized.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002969
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002970 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(LBraceLoc, InitList, NumInit,
Douglas Gregor4c678342009-01-28 21:54:33 +00002971 RBraceLoc);
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00002972 E->setType(Context.VoidTy); // FIXME: just a place holder for now.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002973 return Owned(E);
Steve Naroff4aa88f82007-07-19 01:06:55 +00002974}
2975
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002976/// CheckCastTypes - Check type constraints for casting between types.
Sebastian Redlef0cb8e2009-07-29 13:50:23 +00002977bool Sema::CheckCastTypes(SourceRange TyR, QualType castType, Expr *&castExpr,
Anders Carlssoncdb61972009-08-07 22:21:05 +00002978 CastExpr::CastKind& Kind, bool FunctionalStyle) {
Sebastian Redl9cc11e72009-07-25 15:41:38 +00002979 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
Anders Carlssoncdb61972009-08-07 22:21:05 +00002980 return CXXCheckCStyleCast(TyR, castType, castExpr, Kind, FunctionalStyle);
Sebastian Redl9cc11e72009-07-25 15:41:38 +00002981
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002982 UsualUnaryConversions(castExpr);
2983
2984 // C99 6.5.4p2: the cast type needs to be void or scalar and the expression
2985 // type needs to be scalar.
2986 if (castType->isVoidType()) {
2987 // Cast to void allows any expr type.
2988 } else if (!castType->isScalarType() && !castType->isVectorType()) {
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00002989 if (Context.getCanonicalType(castType).getUnqualifiedType() ==
2990 Context.getCanonicalType(castExpr->getType().getUnqualifiedType()) &&
2991 (castType->isStructureType() || castType->isUnionType())) {
2992 // GCC struct/union extension: allow cast to self.
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00002993 // FIXME: Check that the cast destination type is complete.
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00002994 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_nonscalar)
2995 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlsson4d8673b2009-08-07 23:22:37 +00002996 Kind = CastExpr::CK_NoOp;
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00002997 } else if (castType->isUnionType()) {
2998 // GCC cast to union extension
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002999 RecordDecl *RD = castType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003000 RecordDecl::field_iterator Field, FieldEnd;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003001 for (Field = RD->field_begin(), FieldEnd = RD->field_end();
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003002 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) {
3003 if (Context.getCanonicalType(Field->getType()).getUnqualifiedType() ==
3004 Context.getCanonicalType(castExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType()) {
3005 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_to_union)
3006 << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3007 break;
3008 }
3009 }
3010 if (Field == FieldEnd)
3011 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cast_to_union_no_type)
3012 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlsson4d8673b2009-08-07 23:22:37 +00003013 Kind = CastExpr::CK_ToUnion;
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003014 } else {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003015 // Reject any other conversions to non-scalar types.
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003016 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003017 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003018 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003019 } else if (!castExpr->getType()->isScalarType() &&
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003020 !castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003021 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3022 diag::err_typecheck_expect_scalar_operand)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003023 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003024 } else if (castType->isExtVectorType()) {
3025 if (CheckExtVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr->getType()))
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003026 return true;
3027 } else if (castType->isVectorType()) {
3028 if (CheckVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr->getType()))
3029 return true;
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003030 } else if (castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
3031 if (CheckVectorCast(TyR, castExpr->getType(), castType))
3032 return true;
Steve Naroff6b9dfd42009-03-04 15:11:40 +00003033 } else if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && isa<ObjCSuperExpr>(castExpr)) {
Steve Naroffa0c3e9c2009-04-08 23:52:26 +00003034 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_illegal_super_cast) << TyR;
Eli Friedman41826bb2009-05-01 02:23:58 +00003035 } else if (!castType->isArithmeticType()) {
3036 QualType castExprType = castExpr->getType();
3037 if (!castExprType->isIntegralType() && castExprType->isArithmeticType())
3038 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3039 diag::err_cast_pointer_from_non_pointer_int)
3040 << castExprType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3041 } else if (!castExpr->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
3042 if (!castType->isIntegralType() && castType->isArithmeticType())
3043 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3044 diag::err_cast_pointer_to_non_pointer_int)
3045 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003046 }
Fariborz Jahanianb5ff6bf2009-05-22 21:42:52 +00003047 if (isa<ObjCSelectorExpr>(castExpr))
3048 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_cast_selector_expr);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003049 return false;
3050}
3051
Chris Lattnerfe23e212007-12-20 00:44:32 +00003052bool Sema::CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty) {
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003053 assert(VectorTy->isVectorType() && "Not a vector type!");
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003054
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003055 if (Ty->isVectorType() || Ty->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +00003056 if (Context.getTypeSize(VectorTy) != Context.getTypeSize(Ty))
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003057 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003058 Ty->isVectorType() ?
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003059 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vectors :
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003060 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_integer)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003061 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003062 } else
3063 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003064 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003065 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003066
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003067 return false;
3068}
3069
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003070bool Sema::CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, QualType SrcTy) {
3071 assert(DestTy->isExtVectorType() && "Not an extended vector type!");
3072
Nate Begeman9b10da62009-06-27 22:05:55 +00003073 // If SrcTy is a VectorType, the total size must match to explicitly cast to
3074 // an ExtVectorType.
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003075 if (SrcTy->isVectorType()) {
3076 if (Context.getTypeSize(DestTy) != Context.getTypeSize(SrcTy))
3077 return Diag(R.getBegin(),diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_ext_vectors)
3078 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
3079 return false;
3080 }
3081
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003082 // All non-pointer scalars can be cast to ExtVector type. The appropriate
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003083 // conversion will take place first from scalar to elt type, and then
3084 // splat from elt type to vector.
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003085 if (SrcTy->isPointerType())
3086 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
3087 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
3088 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003089 return false;
3090}
3091
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003092Action::OwningExprResult
3093Sema::ActOnCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
3094 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op) {
Anders Carlssoncdb61972009-08-07 22:21:05 +00003095 CastExpr::CastKind Kind = CastExpr::CK_Unknown;
3096
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003097 assert((Ty != 0) && (Op.get() != 0) &&
3098 "ActOnCastExpr(): missing type or expr");
Steve Naroff16beff82007-07-16 23:25:18 +00003099
Anders Carlssonf1b1d592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00003100 Expr *castExpr = Op.takeAs<Expr>();
Steve Naroff16beff82007-07-16 23:25:18 +00003101 QualType castType = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(Ty);
3102
Anders Carlssoncdb61972009-08-07 22:21:05 +00003103 if (CheckCastTypes(SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc), castType, castExpr,
3104 Kind))
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003105 return ExprError();
Sebastian Redl9cc11e72009-07-25 15:41:38 +00003106 return Owned(new (Context) CStyleCastExpr(castType.getNonReferenceType(),
Anders Carlssoncdb61972009-08-07 22:21:05 +00003107 Kind, castExpr, castType,
3108 LParenLoc, RParenLoc));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003109}
3110
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00003111/// Note that lhs is not null here, even if this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension.
3112/// In that case, lhs = cond.
Chris Lattnera119a3b2009-02-18 04:38:20 +00003113/// C99 6.5.15
3114QualType Sema::CheckConditionalOperands(Expr *&Cond, Expr *&LHS, Expr *&RHS,
3115 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003116 // C++ is sufficiently different to merit its own checker.
3117 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
3118 return CXXCheckConditionalOperands(Cond, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc);
3119
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003120 UsualUnaryConversions(Cond);
3121 UsualUnaryConversions(LHS);
3122 UsualUnaryConversions(RHS);
3123 QualType CondTy = Cond->getType();
3124 QualType LHSTy = LHS->getType();
3125 QualType RHSTy = RHS->getType();
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00003126
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003127 // first, check the condition.
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003128 if (!CondTy->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.5.15p2
3129 Diag(Cond->getLocStart(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
3130 << CondTy;
3131 return QualType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003132 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003133
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003134 // Now check the two expressions.
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00003135
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003136 // If both operands have arithmetic type, do the usual arithmetic conversions
3137 // to find a common type: C99 6.5.15p3,5.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003138 if (LHSTy->isArithmeticType() && RHSTy->isArithmeticType()) {
3139 UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS);
3140 return LHS->getType();
Steve Naroffa4332e22007-07-17 00:58:39 +00003141 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003142
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003143 // If both operands are the same structure or union type, the result is that
3144 // type.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003145 if (const RecordType *LHSRT = LHSTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { // C99 6.5.15p3
3146 if (const RecordType *RHSRT = RHSTy->getAs<RecordType>())
Chris Lattnera21ddb32007-11-26 01:40:58 +00003147 if (LHSRT->getDecl() == RHSRT->getDecl())
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003148 // "If both the operands have structure or union type, the result has
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003149 // that type." This implies that CV qualifiers are dropped.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003150 return LHSTy.getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00003151 // FIXME: Type of conditional expression must be complete in C mode.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003152 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003153
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003154 // C99 6.5.15p5: "If both operands have void type, the result has void type."
Steve Naroffe701c0a2008-05-12 21:44:38 +00003155 // The following || allows only one side to be void (a GCC-ism).
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003156 if (LHSTy->isVoidType() || RHSTy->isVoidType()) {
3157 if (!LHSTy->isVoidType())
3158 Diag(RHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
3159 << RHS->getSourceRange();
3160 if (!RHSTy->isVoidType())
3161 Diag(LHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
3162 << LHS->getSourceRange();
3163 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, Context.VoidTy);
3164 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman0e724012008-06-04 19:47:51 +00003165 return Context.VoidTy;
Steve Naroffe701c0a2008-05-12 21:44:38 +00003166 }
Steve Naroffb6d54e52008-01-08 01:11:38 +00003167 // C99 6.5.15p6 - "if one operand is a null pointer constant, the result has
3168 // the type of the other operand."
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00003169 if ((LHSTy->isAnyPointerType() || LHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) &&
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003170 RHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
3171 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy); // promote the null to a pointer.
3172 return LHSTy;
Steve Naroffb6d54e52008-01-08 01:11:38 +00003173 }
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00003174 if ((RHSTy->isAnyPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) &&
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003175 LHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
3176 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy); // promote the null to a pointer.
3177 return RHSTy;
Steve Naroffb6d54e52008-01-08 01:11:38 +00003178 }
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003179 // Handle block pointer types.
3180 if (LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) {
3181 if (!LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || !RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) {
3182 if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() || RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) {
3183 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
3184 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType);
3185 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType);
3186 return destType;
3187 }
3188 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3189 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3190 return QualType();
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003191 }
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003192 // We have 2 block pointer types.
3193 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
3194 // Two identical block pointer types are always compatible.
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003195 return LHSTy;
3196 }
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003197 // The block pointer types aren't identical, continue checking.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003198 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3199 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003200
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003201 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
3202 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003203 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
3204 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3205 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
3206 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
3207 // to get a consistent AST.
3208 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
3209 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy);
3210 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy);
3211 return incompatTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003212 }
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003213 // The block pointer types are compatible.
3214 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, LHSTy);
3215 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy);
Steve Naroff91588042009-04-08 17:05:15 +00003216 return LHSTy;
3217 }
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003218 // Check constraints for Objective-C object pointers types.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003219 if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003220
3221 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
3222 // Two identical object pointer types are always compatible.
3223 return LHSTy;
3224 }
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003225 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT = LHSTy->getAsObjCObjectPointerType();
3226 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT = RHSTy->getAsObjCObjectPointerType();
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003227 QualType compositeType = LHSTy;
3228
3229 // If both operands are interfaces and either operand can be
3230 // assigned to the other, use that type as the composite
3231 // type. This allows
3232 // xxx ? (A*) a : (B*) b
3233 // where B is a subclass of A.
3234 //
3235 // Additionally, as for assignment, if either type is 'id'
3236 // allow silent coercion. Finally, if the types are
3237 // incompatible then make sure to use 'id' as the composite
3238 // type so the result is acceptable for sending messages to.
3239
3240 // FIXME: Consider unifying with 'areComparableObjCPointerTypes'.
3241 // It could return the composite type.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003242 if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT)) {
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003243 compositeType = LHSTy;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003244 } else if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT)) {
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003245 compositeType = RHSTy;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003246 } else if ((LHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() ||
3247 RHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) &&
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003248 Context.ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(LHSTy, RHSTy, true)) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003249 // Need to handle "id<xx>" explicitly.
3250 // GCC allows qualified id and any Objective-C type to devolve to
3251 // id. Currently localizing to here until clear this should be
3252 // part of ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible.
3253 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
3254 } else if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() || RHSTy->isObjCIdType()) {
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003255 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
3256 } else {
3257 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3258 << LHSTy << RHSTy
3259 << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3260 QualType incompatTy = Context.getObjCIdType();
3261 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy);
3262 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy);
3263 return incompatTy;
3264 }
3265 // The object pointer types are compatible.
3266 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, compositeType);
3267 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, compositeType);
3268 return compositeType;
3269 }
Steve Naroffc715e782009-07-29 15:09:39 +00003270 // Check Objective-C object pointer types and 'void *'
3271 if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003272 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroffc715e782009-07-29 15:09:39 +00003273 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAsObjCObjectPointerType()->getPointeeType();
3274 QualType destPointee = lhptee.getQualifiedType(rhptee.getCVRQualifiers());
3275 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
3276 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
3277 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType); // promote to void*
3278 return destType;
3279 }
3280 if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) {
3281 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAsObjCObjectPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003282 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroffc715e782009-07-29 15:09:39 +00003283 QualType destPointee = rhptee.getQualifiedType(lhptee.getCVRQualifiers());
3284 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
3285 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
3286 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType); // promote to void*
3287 return destType;
3288 }
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003289 // Check constraints for C object pointers types (C99 6.5.15p3,6).
3290 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isPointerType()) {
3291 // get the "pointed to" types
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003292 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3293 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003294
3295 // ignore qualifiers on void (C99 6.5.15p3, clause 6)
3296 if (lhptee->isVoidType() && rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
3297 // Figure out necessary qualifiers (C99 6.5.15p6)
3298 QualType destPointee=lhptee.getQualifiedType(rhptee.getCVRQualifiers());
3299 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
3300 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
3301 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType); // promote to void*
3302 return destType;
3303 }
3304 if (rhptee->isVoidType() && lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
3305 QualType destPointee=rhptee.getQualifiedType(lhptee.getCVRQualifiers());
3306 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
3307 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
3308 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType); // promote to void*
3309 return destType;
3310 }
3311
3312 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
3313 // Two identical pointer types are always compatible.
3314 return LHSTy;
3315 }
3316 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
3317 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
3318 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
3319 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3320 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
3321 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
3322 // to get a consistent AST.
3323 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
3324 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy);
3325 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy);
3326 return incompatTy;
3327 }
3328 // The pointer types are compatible.
3329 // C99 6.5.15p6: If both operands are pointers to compatible types *or* to
3330 // differently qualified versions of compatible types, the result type is
3331 // a pointer to an appropriately qualified version of the *composite*
3332 // type.
3333 // FIXME: Need to calculate the composite type.
3334 // FIXME: Need to add qualifiers
3335 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, LHSTy);
3336 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy);
3337 return LHSTy;
3338 }
3339
3340 // GCC compatibility: soften pointer/integer mismatch.
3341 if (RHSTy->isPointerType() && LHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
3342 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
3343 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3344 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy); // promote the integer to a pointer.
3345 return RHSTy;
3346 }
3347 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
3348 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
3349 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3350 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy); // promote the integer to a pointer.
3351 return LHSTy;
3352 }
Daniel Dunbar5e155f02008-09-11 23:12:46 +00003353
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003354 // Otherwise, the operands are not compatible.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003355 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3356 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003357 return QualType();
3358}
3359
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003360/// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003361/// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003362Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
3363 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
3364 ExprArg Cond, ExprArg LHS,
3365 ExprArg RHS) {
3366 Expr *CondExpr = (Expr *) Cond.get();
3367 Expr *LHSExpr = (Expr *) LHS.get(), *RHSExpr = (Expr *) RHS.get();
Chris Lattnera21ddb32007-11-26 01:40:58 +00003368
3369 // If this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension, analyze the types as though the LHS
3370 // was the condition.
3371 bool isLHSNull = LHSExpr == 0;
3372 if (isLHSNull)
3373 LHSExpr = CondExpr;
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003374
3375 QualType result = CheckConditionalOperands(CondExpr, LHSExpr,
Chris Lattner26824902007-07-16 21:39:03 +00003376 RHSExpr, QuestionLoc);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003377 if (result.isNull())
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003378 return ExprError();
3379
3380 Cond.release();
3381 LHS.release();
3382 RHS.release();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003383 return Owned(new (Context) ConditionalOperator(CondExpr,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003384 isLHSNull ? 0 : LHSExpr,
3385 RHSExpr, result));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003386}
3387
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003388// CheckPointerTypesForAssignment - This is a very tricky routine (despite
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003389// being closely modeled after the C99 spec:-). The odd characteristic of this
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003390// routine is it effectively iqnores the qualifiers on the top level pointee.
3391// This circumvents the usual type rules specified in 6.2.7p1 & 6.7.5.[1-3].
3392// FIXME: add a couple examples in this comment.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003393Sema::AssignConvertType
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003394Sema::CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
3395 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003396
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003397 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003398 lhptee = lhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3399 rhptee = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003400
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003401 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003402 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
3403 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003404
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003405 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003406
3407 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: This following citation is common to constraints
3408 // 3 & 4 (below). ...and the type *pointed to* by the left has all the
3409 // qualifiers of the type *pointed to* by the right;
Fariborz Jahanianf11284a2009-02-17 18:27:45 +00003410 // FIXME: Handle ExtQualType
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003411 if (!lhptee.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(rhptee))
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003412 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003413
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003414 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 4): If one operand is a pointer to an object or
3415 // incomplete type and the other is a pointer to a qualified or unqualified
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003416 // version of void...
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003417 if (lhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003418 if (rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003419 return ConvTy;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003420
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003421 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003422 assert(rhptee->isFunctionType());
3423 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003424 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003425
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003426 if (rhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003427 if (lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003428 return ConvTy;
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003429
3430 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003431 assert(lhptee->isFunctionType());
3432 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003433 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003434 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 3): both operands are pointers to qualified or
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003435 // unqualified versions of compatible types, ...
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003436 lhptee = lhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
3437 rhptee = rhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
3438 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee)) {
3439 // Check if the pointee types are compatible ignoring the sign.
3440 // We explicitly check for char so that we catch "char" vs
3441 // "unsigned char" on systems where "char" is unsigned.
3442 if (lhptee->isCharType()) {
3443 lhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
3444 } else if (lhptee->isSignedIntegerType()) {
3445 lhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhptee);
3446 }
3447 if (rhptee->isCharType()) {
3448 rhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
3449 } else if (rhptee->isSignedIntegerType()) {
3450 rhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(rhptee);
3451 }
3452 if (lhptee == rhptee) {
3453 // Types are compatible ignoring the sign. Qualifier incompatibility
3454 // takes priority over sign incompatibility because the sign
3455 // warning can be disabled.
3456 if (ConvTy != Compatible)
3457 return ConvTy;
3458 return IncompatiblePointerSign;
3459 }
3460 // General pointer incompatibility takes priority over qualifiers.
3461 return IncompatiblePointer;
3462 }
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003463 return ConvTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003464}
3465
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003466/// CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment - This routine determines whether two
3467/// block pointer types are compatible or whether a block and normal pointer
3468/// are compatible. It is more restrict than comparing two function pointer
3469// types.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003470Sema::AssignConvertType
3471Sema::CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType,
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003472 QualType rhsType) {
3473 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003474
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003475 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003476 lhptee = lhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3477 rhptee = rhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003478
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003479 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
3480 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
3481 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003482
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003483 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003484
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003485 // For blocks we enforce that qualifiers are identical.
3486 if (lhptee.getCVRQualifiers() != rhptee.getCVRQualifiers())
3487 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003488
Eli Friedman26784c12009-06-08 05:08:54 +00003489 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee))
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003490 return IncompatibleBlockPointer;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003491 return ConvTy;
3492}
3493
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003494/// CheckAssignmentConstraints (C99 6.5.16) - This routine currently
3495/// has code to accommodate several GCC extensions when type checking
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003496/// pointers. Here are some objectionable examples that GCC considers warnings:
3497///
3498/// int a, *pint;
3499/// short *pshort;
3500/// struct foo *pfoo;
3501///
3502/// pint = pshort; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
3503/// a = pint; // warning: assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast
3504/// pint = a; // warning: assignment makes pointer from integer without a cast
3505/// pint = pfoo; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
3506///
3507/// As a result, the code for dealing with pointers is more complex than the
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003508/// C99 spec dictates.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003509///
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003510Sema::AssignConvertType
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003511Sema::CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003512 // Get canonical types. We're not formatting these types, just comparing
3513 // them.
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003514 lhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(lhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
3515 rhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(rhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003516
3517 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Chris Lattnerd2656dd2008-01-07 17:51:46 +00003518 return Compatible; // Common case: fast path an exact match.
Steve Naroff700204c2007-07-24 21:46:40 +00003519
Douglas Gregor9d293df2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003520 // If the left-hand side is a reference type, then we are in a
3521 // (rare!) case where we've allowed the use of references in C,
3522 // e.g., as a parameter type in a built-in function. In this case,
3523 // just make sure that the type referenced is compatible with the
3524 // right-hand side type. The caller is responsible for adjusting
3525 // lhsType so that the resulting expression does not have reference
3526 // type.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003527 if (const ReferenceType *lhsTypeRef = lhsType->getAs<ReferenceType>()) {
Douglas Gregor9d293df2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003528 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsTypeRef->getPointeeType(), rhsType))
Anders Carlsson793680e2007-10-12 23:56:29 +00003529 return Compatible;
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003530 return Incompatible;
Fariborz Jahanian411f3732007-12-19 17:45:58 +00003531 }
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003532 // Allow scalar to ExtVector assignments, and assignments of an ExtVector type
3533 // to the same ExtVector type.
3534 if (lhsType->isExtVectorType()) {
3535 if (rhsType->isExtVectorType())
3536 return lhsType == rhsType ? Compatible : Incompatible;
3537 if (!rhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
3538 return Compatible;
3539 }
3540
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003541 if (lhsType->isVectorType() || rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003542 // If we are allowing lax vector conversions, and LHS and RHS are both
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003543 // vectors, the total size only needs to be the same. This is a bitcast;
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003544 // no bits are changed but the result type is different.
Chris Lattnere8b3e962008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003545 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions &&
3546 lhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003547 if (Context.getTypeSize(lhsType) == Context.getTypeSize(rhsType))
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003548 return IncompatibleVectors;
Chris Lattnere8b3e962008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003549 }
3550 return Incompatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003551 }
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003552
Chris Lattnere8b3e962008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003553 if (lhsType->isArithmeticType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003554 return Compatible;
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003555
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003556 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003557 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00003558 return IntToPointer;
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003559
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003560 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003561 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003562
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003563 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003564 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003565 if (lhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
3566 return Compatible;
3567 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003568 }
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003569 if (rhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) {
3570 if (lhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor63a94902008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003571 return Compatible;
Steve Naroffb4406862008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003572
3573 // Treat block pointers as objects.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003574 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && lhsType->isObjCIdType())
Steve Naroffb4406862008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003575 return Compatible;
3576 }
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003577 return Incompatible;
3578 }
3579
3580 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType)) {
3581 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Eli Friedmand8f4f432009-02-25 04:20:42 +00003582 return IntToBlockPointer;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003583
Steve Naroffb4406862008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003584 // Treat block pointers as objects.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003585 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && rhsType->isObjCIdType())
Steve Naroffb4406862008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003586 return Compatible;
3587
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003588 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
3589 return CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003590
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003591 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003592 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor63a94902008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003593 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003594 }
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003595 return Incompatible;
3596 }
3597
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003598 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(lhsType)) {
3599 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
3600 return IntToPointer;
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003601
3602 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003603 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003604 if (rhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
3605 return Compatible;
3606 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003607 }
3608 if (rhsType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +00003609 if (lhsType->isObjCBuiltinType() || rhsType->isObjCBuiltinType())
3610 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003611 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
3612 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003613 if (lhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || rhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
3614 return IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId;
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003615 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003616 }
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003617 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003618 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
3619 return Compatible;
3620 }
3621 // Treat block pointers as objects.
3622 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
3623 return Compatible;
3624 return Incompatible;
3625 }
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003626 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003627 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003628 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
3629 return Compatible;
3630
3631 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00003632 return PointerToInt;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003633
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003634 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003635 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003636
3637 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003638 rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor63a94902008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003639 return Compatible;
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003640 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003641 }
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003642 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(rhsType)) {
3643 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
3644 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
3645 return Compatible;
3646
3647 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
3648 return PointerToInt;
3649
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003650 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003651 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003652 if (lhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
3653 return Compatible;
3654 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003655 }
3656 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003657 rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003658 return Compatible;
3659 return Incompatible;
3660 }
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003661
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003662 if (isa<TagType>(lhsType) && isa<TagType>(rhsType)) {
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003663 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003664 return Compatible;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003665 }
3666 return Incompatible;
3667}
3668
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003669/// \brief Constructs a transparent union from an expression that is
3670/// used to initialize the transparent union.
3671static void ConstructTransparentUnion(ASTContext &C, Expr *&E,
3672 QualType UnionType, FieldDecl *Field) {
3673 // Build an initializer list that designates the appropriate member
3674 // of the transparent union.
3675 InitListExpr *Initializer = new (C) InitListExpr(SourceLocation(),
3676 &E, 1,
3677 SourceLocation());
3678 Initializer->setType(UnionType);
3679 Initializer->setInitializedFieldInUnion(Field);
3680
3681 // Build a compound literal constructing a value of the transparent
3682 // union type from this initializer list.
3683 E = new (C) CompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation(), UnionType, Initializer,
3684 false);
3685}
3686
3687Sema::AssignConvertType
3688Sema::CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType, Expr *&rExpr) {
3689 QualType FromType = rExpr->getType();
3690
3691 // If the ArgType is a Union type, we want to handle a potential
3692 // transparent_union GCC extension.
3693 const RecordType *UT = ArgType->getAsUnionType();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00003694 if (!UT || !UT->getDecl()->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>())
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003695 return Incompatible;
3696
3697 // The field to initialize within the transparent union.
3698 RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl();
3699 FieldDecl *InitField = 0;
3700 // It's compatible if the expression matches any of the fields.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003701 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator it = UD->field_begin(),
3702 itend = UD->field_end();
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003703 it != itend; ++it) {
3704 if (it->getType()->isPointerType()) {
3705 // If the transparent union contains a pointer type, we allow:
3706 // 1) void pointer
3707 // 2) null pointer constant
3708 if (FromType->isPointerType())
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003709 if (FromType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003710 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType());
3711 InitField = *it;
3712 break;
3713 }
3714
3715 if (rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
3716 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType());
3717 InitField = *it;
3718 break;
3719 }
3720 }
3721
3722 if (CheckAssignmentConstraints(it->getType(), rExpr->getType())
3723 == Compatible) {
3724 InitField = *it;
3725 break;
3726 }
3727 }
3728
3729 if (!InitField)
3730 return Incompatible;
3731
3732 ConstructTransparentUnion(Context, rExpr, ArgType, InitField);
3733 return Compatible;
3734}
3735
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003736Sema::AssignConvertType
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00003737Sema::CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, Expr *&rExpr) {
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003738 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3739 if (!lhsType->isRecordType()) {
3740 // C++ 5.17p3: If the left operand is not of class type, the
3741 // expression is implicitly converted (C++ 4) to the
3742 // cv-unqualified type of the left operand.
Douglas Gregor45920e82008-12-19 17:40:08 +00003743 if (PerformImplicitConversion(rExpr, lhsType.getUnqualifiedType(),
3744 "assigning"))
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003745 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattner2c4463f2009-04-12 09:02:39 +00003746 return Compatible;
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003747 }
3748
3749 // FIXME: Currently, we fall through and treat C++ classes like C
3750 // structures.
3751 }
3752
Steve Naroff529a4ad2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00003753 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is a pointer and the right is
3754 // a null pointer constant.
Steve Narofff7f52e72009-02-21 21:17:01 +00003755 if ((lhsType->isPointerType() ||
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003756 lhsType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003757 lhsType->isBlockPointerType())
Fariborz Jahanian9d3185e2008-01-03 18:46:52 +00003758 && rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
Chris Lattner1e0a3902008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003759 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType);
Steve Naroff529a4ad2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00003760 return Compatible;
3761 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003762
Chris Lattner943140e2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00003763 // This check seems unnatural, however it is necessary to ensure the proper
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00003764 // conversion of functions/arrays. If the conversion were done for all
Steve Naroff08d92e42007-09-15 18:49:24 +00003765 // DeclExpr's (created by ActOnIdentifierExpr), it would mess up the unary
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00003766 // expressions that surpress this implicit conversion (&, sizeof).
Chris Lattner943140e2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00003767 //
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003768 // Suppress this for references: C++ 8.5.3p5.
Chris Lattner943140e2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00003769 if (!lhsType->isReferenceType())
3770 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(rExpr);
Steve Narofff1120de2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00003771
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003772 Sema::AssignConvertType result =
3773 CheckAssignmentConstraints(lhsType, rExpr->getType());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003774
Steve Narofff1120de2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00003775 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: The value of the right operand is converted to the
3776 // type of the assignment expression.
Douglas Gregor9d293df2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003777 // CheckAssignmentConstraints allows the left-hand side to be a reference,
3778 // so that we can use references in built-in functions even in C.
3779 // The getNonReferenceType() call makes sure that the resulting expression
3780 // does not have reference type.
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003781 if (result != Incompatible && rExpr->getType() != lhsType)
Douglas Gregor9d293df2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003782 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType.getNonReferenceType());
Steve Narofff1120de2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00003783 return result;
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00003784}
3785
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003786QualType Sema::InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003787 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_operands)
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00003788 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003789 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003790 return QualType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003791}
3792
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003793inline QualType Sema::CheckVectorOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex,
Steve Naroff49b45262007-07-13 16:58:59 +00003794 Expr *&rex) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003795 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
Nate Begeman1330b0e2008-04-04 01:30:25 +00003796 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003797 QualType lhsType =
3798 Context.getCanonicalType(lex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
3799 QualType rhsType =
3800 Context.getCanonicalType(rex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003801
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003802 // If the vector types are identical, return.
Nate Begeman1330b0e2008-04-04 01:30:25 +00003803 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003804 return lhsType;
Nate Begeman4119d1a2007-12-30 02:59:45 +00003805
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003806 // Handle the case of a vector & extvector type of the same size and element
3807 // type. It would be nice if we only had one vector type someday.
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003808 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions) {
3809 // FIXME: Should we warn here?
3810 if (const VectorType *LV = lhsType->getAsVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003811 if (const VectorType *RV = rhsType->getAsVectorType())
3812 if (LV->getElementType() == RV->getElementType() &&
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003813 LV->getNumElements() == RV->getNumElements()) {
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003814 return lhsType->isExtVectorType() ? lhsType : rhsType;
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003815 }
3816 }
3817 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003818
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003819 // Canonicalize the ExtVector to the LHS, remember if we swapped so we can
3820 // swap back (so that we don't reverse the inputs to a subtract, for instance.
3821 bool swapped = false;
3822 if (rhsType->isExtVectorType()) {
3823 swapped = true;
3824 std::swap(rex, lex);
3825 std::swap(rhsType, lhsType);
3826 }
3827
Nate Begemandde25982009-06-28 19:12:57 +00003828 // Handle the case of an ext vector and scalar.
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003829 if (const ExtVectorType *LV = lhsType->getAsExtVectorType()) {
3830 QualType EltTy = LV->getElementType();
3831 if (EltTy->isIntegralType() && rhsType->isIntegralType()) {
3832 if (Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(EltTy, rhsType) >= 0) {
Nate Begemandde25982009-06-28 19:12:57 +00003833 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType);
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003834 if (swapped) std::swap(rex, lex);
3835 return lhsType;
3836 }
3837 }
3838 if (EltTy->isRealFloatingType() && rhsType->isScalarType() &&
3839 rhsType->isRealFloatingType()) {
3840 if (Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(EltTy, rhsType) >= 0) {
Nate Begemandde25982009-06-28 19:12:57 +00003841 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType);
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003842 if (swapped) std::swap(rex, lex);
3843 return lhsType;
3844 }
Nate Begeman4119d1a2007-12-30 02:59:45 +00003845 }
3846 }
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003847
Nate Begemandde25982009-06-28 19:12:57 +00003848 // Vectors of different size or scalar and non-ext-vector are errors.
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003849 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_not_convertable)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003850 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003851 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003852 return QualType();
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00003853}
3854
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003855inline QualType Sema::CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003856 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003857{
Daniel Dunbar69d1d002009-01-05 22:42:10 +00003858 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003859 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003860
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003861 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003862
Steve Naroffa4332e22007-07-17 00:58:39 +00003863 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003864 return compType;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003865 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003866}
3867
3868inline QualType Sema::CheckRemainderOperands(
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003869 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003870{
Daniel Dunbar523aa602009-01-05 22:55:36 +00003871 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
3872 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
3873 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3874 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3875 }
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00003876
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003877 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003878
Steve Naroffa4332e22007-07-17 00:58:39 +00003879 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003880 return compType;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003881 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003882}
3883
3884inline QualType Sema::CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003885 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003886{
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003887 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
3888 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3889 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
3890 return compType;
3891 }
Steve Naroff49b45262007-07-13 16:58:59 +00003892
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003893 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003894
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003895 // handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003896 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() &&
3897 rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
3898 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003899 return compType;
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003900 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003901
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003902 // Put any potential pointer into PExp
3903 Expr* PExp = lex, *IExp = rex;
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00003904 if (IExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType())
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003905 std::swap(PExp, IExp);
3906
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00003907 if (PExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003908
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003909 if (IExp->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
Steve Naroff760e3c42009-07-13 21:20:41 +00003910 QualType PointeeTy = PExp->getType()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003911
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003912 // Check for arithmetic on pointers to incomplete types.
3913 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003914 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3915 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003916 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00003917 return QualType();
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003918 }
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003919
3920 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
3921 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
3922 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003923 } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003924 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3925 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
3926 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
3927 return QualType();
3928 }
3929
3930 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
3931 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
3932 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff9deaeca2009-07-13 21:32:29 +00003933 } else {
Steve Naroff760e3c42009-07-13 21:20:41 +00003934 // Check if we require a complete type.
3935 if (((PExp->getType()->isPointerType() &&
Steve Naroff9deaeca2009-07-13 21:32:29 +00003936 !PExp->getType()->isDependentType()) ||
Steve Naroff760e3c42009-07-13 21:20:41 +00003937 PExp->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) &&
3938 RequireCompleteType(Loc, PointeeTy,
3939 diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type,
3940 PExp->getSourceRange(), SourceRange(),
3941 PExp->getType()))
3942 return QualType();
3943 }
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003944 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
3945 if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
3946 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
3947 << PointeeTy << PExp->getSourceRange();
3948 return QualType();
3949 }
3950
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003951 if (CompLHSTy) {
3952 QualType LHSTy = lex->getType();
3953 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
3954 LHSTy = Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +00003955 else {
3956 QualType T = isPromotableBitField(lex, Context);
3957 if (!T.isNull())
3958 LHSTy = T;
3959 }
3960
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003961 *CompLHSTy = LHSTy;
3962 }
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003963 return PExp->getType();
3964 }
3965 }
3966
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003967 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003968}
3969
Chris Lattnereca7be62008-04-07 05:30:13 +00003970// C99 6.5.6
3971QualType Sema::CheckSubtractionOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003972 SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) {
3973 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
3974 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3975 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
3976 return compType;
3977 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003978
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003979 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003980
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003981 // Enforce type constraints: C99 6.5.6p3.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003982
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003983 // Handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00003984 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType()
3985 && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003986 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003987 return compType;
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003988 }
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003989
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003990 // Either ptr - int or ptr - ptr.
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00003991 if (lex->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff430ee5a2009-07-13 17:19:15 +00003992 QualType lpointee = lex->getType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003993
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003994 // The LHS must be an completely-defined object type.
Douglas Gregorc983b862009-01-23 00:36:41 +00003995
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003996 bool ComplainAboutVoid = false;
3997 Expr *ComplainAboutFunc = 0;
3998 if (lpointee->isVoidType()) {
3999 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4000 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
4001 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4002 return QualType();
4003 }
4004
4005 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
4006 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
4007 } else if (lpointee->isFunctionType()) {
4008 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4009 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004010 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004011 return QualType();
4012 }
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004013
4014 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
4015 ComplainAboutFunc = lex;
4016 } else if (!lpointee->isDependentType() &&
4017 RequireCompleteType(Loc, lpointee,
4018 diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object,
4019 lex->getSourceRange(),
4020 SourceRange(),
4021 lex->getType()))
4022 return QualType();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004023
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004024 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
4025 if (lpointee->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
4026 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
4027 << lpointee << lex->getSourceRange();
4028 return QualType();
4029 }
4030
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004031 // The result type of a pointer-int computation is the pointer type.
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004032 if (rex->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
4033 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
4034 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
4035 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4036 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
4037 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
4038 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
4039 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
4040
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004041 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004042 return lex->getType();
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004043 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004044
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004045 // Handle pointer-pointer subtractions.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004046 if (const PointerType *RHSPTy = rex->getType()->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Eli Friedman8e54ad02008-02-08 01:19:44 +00004047 QualType rpointee = RHSPTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004048
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004049 // RHS must be a completely-type object type.
4050 // Handle the GNU void* extension.
4051 if (rpointee->isVoidType()) {
4052 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4053 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
4054 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4055 return QualType();
4056 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004057
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004058 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
4059 } else if (rpointee->isFunctionType()) {
4060 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4061 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004062 << rex->getType() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004063 return QualType();
4064 }
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004065
4066 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
4067 if (!ComplainAboutFunc)
4068 ComplainAboutFunc = rex;
4069 } else if (!rpointee->isDependentType() &&
4070 RequireCompleteType(Loc, rpointee,
4071 diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object,
4072 rex->getSourceRange(),
4073 SourceRange(),
4074 rex->getType()))
4075 return QualType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004076
Eli Friedman88d936b2009-05-16 13:54:38 +00004077 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4078 // Pointee types must be the same: C++ [expr.add]
4079 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(lpointee, rpointee)) {
4080 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
4081 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
4082 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4083 return QualType();
4084 }
4085 } else {
4086 // Pointee types must be compatible C99 6.5.6p3
4087 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(
4088 Context.getCanonicalType(lpointee).getUnqualifiedType(),
4089 Context.getCanonicalType(rpointee).getUnqualifiedType())) {
4090 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
4091 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
4092 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4093 return QualType();
4094 }
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004095 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004096
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004097 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
4098 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
4099 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4100 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
4101 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
4102 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
4103 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004104
4105 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004106 return Context.getPointerDiffType();
4107 }
4108 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004109
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004110 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004111}
4112
Chris Lattnereca7be62008-04-07 05:30:13 +00004113// C99 6.5.7
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004114QualType Sema::CheckShiftOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Chris Lattnereca7be62008-04-07 05:30:13 +00004115 bool isCompAssign) {
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004116 // C99 6.5.7p2: Each of the operands shall have integer type.
4117 if (!lex->getType()->isIntegerType() || !rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004118 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004119
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004120 // Shifts don't perform usual arithmetic conversions, they just do integer
4121 // promotions on each operand. C99 6.5.7p3
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004122 QualType LHSTy;
4123 if (lex->getType()->isPromotableIntegerType())
4124 LHSTy = Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +00004125 else {
4126 LHSTy = isPromotableBitField(lex, Context);
4127 if (LHSTy.isNull())
4128 LHSTy = lex->getType();
4129 }
Chris Lattner1dcf2c82007-12-13 07:28:16 +00004130 if (!isCompAssign)
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004131 ImpCastExprToType(lex, LHSTy);
4132
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004133 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004134
Ryan Flynnd0439682009-08-07 16:20:20 +00004135 // Sanity-check shift operands
4136 llvm::APSInt Right;
4137 // Check right/shifter operand
4138 if (rex->isIntegerConstantExpr(Right, Context)) {
Ryan Flynn8045c732009-08-08 19:18:23 +00004139 if (Right.isNegative())
Ryan Flynnd0439682009-08-07 16:20:20 +00004140 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_shift_negative) << rex->getSourceRange();
4141 else {
4142 llvm::APInt LeftBits(Right.getBitWidth(),
4143 Context.getTypeSize(lex->getType()));
4144 if (Right.uge(LeftBits))
4145 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_shift_gt_typewidth) << rex->getSourceRange();
4146 }
4147 }
4148
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004149 // "The type of the result is that of the promoted left operand."
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004150 return LHSTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004151}
4152
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004153// C99 6.5.8, C++ [expr.rel]
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004154QualType Sema::CheckCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004155 unsigned OpaqueOpc, bool isRelational) {
4156 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)OpaqueOpc;
4157
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004158 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004159 return CheckVectorCompareOperands(lex, rex, Loc, isRelational);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004160
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004161 // C99 6.5.8p3 / C99 6.5.9p4
Steve Naroff30bf7712007-08-10 18:26:40 +00004162 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
4163 UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex);
4164 else {
4165 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
4166 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
4167 }
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00004168 QualType lType = lex->getType();
4169 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004170
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004171 if (!lType->isFloatingType()
4172 && !(lType->isBlockPointerType() && isRelational)) {
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004173 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
4174 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
4175 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
Ted Kremenek9ecede72009-03-20 19:57:37 +00004176 // NOTE: Don't warn about comparisons of enum constants. These can arise
4177 // from macro expansions, and are usually quite deliberate.
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004178 Expr *LHSStripped = lex->IgnoreParens();
4179 Expr *RHSStripped = rex->IgnoreParens();
4180 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHSStripped))
4181 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RHSStripped))
Ted Kremenekb82dcd82009-03-20 18:35:45 +00004182 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl() &&
4183 !isa<EnumConstantDecl>(DRL->getDecl()))
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004184 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004185
4186 if (isa<CastExpr>(LHSStripped))
4187 LHSStripped = LHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
4188 if (isa<CastExpr>(RHSStripped))
4189 RHSStripped = RHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
4190
4191 // Warn about comparisons against a string constant (unless the other
4192 // operand is null), the user probably wants strcmp.
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004193 Expr *literalString = 0;
4194 Expr *literalStringStripped = 0;
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004195 if ((isa<StringLiteral>(LHSStripped) || isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(LHSStripped)) &&
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004196 !RHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
4197 literalString = lex;
4198 literalStringStripped = LHSStripped;
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +00004199 } else if ((isa<StringLiteral>(RHSStripped) ||
4200 isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(RHSStripped)) &&
4201 !LHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004202 literalString = rex;
4203 literalStringStripped = RHSStripped;
4204 }
4205
4206 if (literalString) {
4207 std::string resultComparison;
4208 switch (Opc) {
4209 case BinaryOperator::LT: resultComparison = ") < 0"; break;
4210 case BinaryOperator::GT: resultComparison = ") > 0"; break;
4211 case BinaryOperator::LE: resultComparison = ") <= 0"; break;
4212 case BinaryOperator::GE: resultComparison = ") >= 0"; break;
4213 case BinaryOperator::EQ: resultComparison = ") == 0"; break;
4214 case BinaryOperator::NE: resultComparison = ") != 0"; break;
4215 default: assert(false && "Invalid comparison operator");
4216 }
4217 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_stringcompare)
4218 << isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(literalStringStripped)
4219 << literalString->getSourceRange()
Douglas Gregora3a83512009-04-01 23:51:29 +00004220 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(Loc), ", ")
4221 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(lex->getLocStart(),
4222 "strcmp(")
4223 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(
4224 PP.getLocForEndOfToken(rex->getLocEnd()),
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004225 resultComparison);
4226 }
Ted Kremenek3ca0bf22007-10-29 16:58:49 +00004227 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004228
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004229 // The result of comparisons is 'bool' in C++, 'int' in C.
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004230 QualType ResultTy = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus? Context.BoolTy :Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004231
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004232 if (isRelational) {
4233 if (lType->isRealType() && rType->isRealType())
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004234 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004235 } else {
Ted Kremenek72cb1ae2007-10-29 17:13:39 +00004236 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
Ted Kremenek72cb1ae2007-10-29 17:13:39 +00004237 if (lType->isFloatingType()) {
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004238 assert(rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004239 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Ted Kremenek6a261552007-10-29 16:40:01 +00004240 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004241
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004242 if (lType->isArithmeticType() && rType->isArithmeticType())
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004243 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004244 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004245
Chris Lattnerd28f8152007-08-26 01:10:14 +00004246 bool LHSIsNull = lex->isNullPointerConstant(Context);
4247 bool RHSIsNull = rex->isNullPointerConstant(Context);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004248
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004249 // All of the following pointer related warnings are GCC extensions, except
4250 // when handling null pointer constants. One day, we can consider making them
4251 // errors (when -pedantic-errors is enabled).
Steve Naroff77878cc2007-08-27 04:08:11 +00004252 if (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isPointerType()) { // C99 6.5.8p2
Chris Lattnerbc896f52008-04-03 05:07:25 +00004253 QualType LCanPointeeTy =
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004254 Context.getCanonicalType(lType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
Chris Lattnerbc896f52008-04-03 05:07:25 +00004255 QualType RCanPointeeTy =
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004256 Context.getCanonicalType(rType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004257
Douglas Gregorf9334372009-07-06 20:14:23 +00004258 if (isRelational) {
4259 if (lType->isFunctionPointerType() || rType->isFunctionPointerType()) {
Chris Lattner149f1382009-06-30 06:24:05 +00004260 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_function_pointers)
4261 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4262 }
Douglas Gregorf9334372009-07-06 20:14:23 +00004263 if (LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() != RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
4264 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
4265 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4266 }
4267 } else {
4268 if (lType->isFunctionPointerType() != rType->isFunctionPointerType()) {
4269 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull)
4270 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
4271 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4272 }
Chris Lattner149f1382009-06-30 06:24:05 +00004273 }
Douglas Gregorf9334372009-07-06 20:14:23 +00004274
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004275 // Simple check: if the pointee types are identical, we're done.
4276 if (LCanPointeeTy == RCanPointeeTy)
4277 return ResultTy;
4278
4279 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4280 // C++ [expr.rel]p2:
4281 // [...] Pointer conversions (4.10) and qualification
4282 // conversions (4.4) are performed on pointer operands (or on
4283 // a pointer operand and a null pointer constant) to bring
4284 // them to their composite pointer type. [...]
4285 //
4286 // C++ [expr.eq]p2 uses the same notion for (in)equality
4287 // comparisons of pointers.
Douglas Gregorde866f32009-05-05 04:50:50 +00004288 QualType T = FindCompositePointerType(lex, rex);
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004289 if (T.isNull()) {
4290 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
4291 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4292 return QualType();
4293 }
4294
4295 ImpCastExprToType(lex, T);
4296 ImpCastExprToType(rex, T);
4297 return ResultTy;
4298 }
4299
Steve Naroff66296cb2007-11-13 14:57:38 +00004300 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull && // C99 6.5.9p2
Chris Lattnerbc896f52008-04-03 05:07:25 +00004301 !LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() && !RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() &&
4302 !Context.typesAreCompatible(LCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType(),
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004303 RCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType())) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004304 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004305 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004306 }
Chris Lattner1e0a3902008-01-16 19:17:22 +00004307 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004308 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffe77fd3c2007-08-16 21:48:38 +00004309 }
Sebastian Redl6e8ed162009-05-10 18:38:11 +00004310 // C++ allows comparison of pointers with null pointer constants.
4311 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4312 if (lType->isPointerType() && RHSIsNull) {
4313 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
4314 return ResultTy;
4315 }
4316 if (rType->isPointerType() && LHSIsNull) {
4317 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType);
4318 return ResultTy;
4319 }
4320 // And comparison of nullptr_t with itself.
4321 if (lType->isNullPtrType() && rType->isNullPtrType())
4322 return ResultTy;
4323 }
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004324 // Handle block pointer types.
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004325 if (!isRelational && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004326 QualType lpointee = lType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4327 QualType rpointee = rType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004328
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004329 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull &&
Eli Friedman26784c12009-06-08 05:08:54 +00004330 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lpointee, rpointee)) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004331 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004332 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004333 }
4334 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004335 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004336 }
Steve Naroff59f53942008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004337 // Allow block pointers to be compared with null pointer constants.
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004338 if (!isRelational
4339 && ((lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isPointerType())
4340 || (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()))) {
Steve Naroff59f53942008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004341 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004342 if (!((rType->isPointerType() && rType->getAs<PointerType>()
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004343 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004344 || (lType->isPointerType() && lType->getAs<PointerType>()
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004345 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())))
4346 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
4347 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff59f53942008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004348 }
4349 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004350 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff59f53942008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004351 }
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004352
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004353 if ((lType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || rType->isObjCObjectPointerType())) {
Steve Naroffa5ad8632008-10-27 10:33:19 +00004354 if (lType->isPointerType() || rType->isPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004355 const PointerType *LPT = lType->getAs<PointerType>();
4356 const PointerType *RPT = rType->getAs<PointerType>();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004357 bool LPtrToVoid = LPT ?
Steve Naroffa8069f12008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004358 Context.getCanonicalType(LPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004359 bool RPtrToVoid = RPT ?
Steve Naroffa8069f12008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004360 Context.getCanonicalType(RPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004361
Steve Naroffa8069f12008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004362 if (!LPtrToVoid && !RPtrToVoid &&
4363 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lType, rType)) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004364 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004365 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffa5ad8632008-10-27 10:33:19 +00004366 }
Daniel Dunbarc6cb77f2008-10-23 23:30:52 +00004367 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004368 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff87f3b932008-10-20 18:19:10 +00004369 }
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004370 if (lType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && rType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
4371 if (!Context.areComparableObjCPointerTypes(lType, rType)) {
4372 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
4373 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4374 }
Steve Naroff20373222008-06-03 14:04:54 +00004375 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004376 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff20373222008-06-03 14:04:54 +00004377 }
Fariborz Jahanian7359f042007-12-20 01:06:58 +00004378 }
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004379 if (lType->isAnyPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner149f1382009-06-30 06:24:05 +00004380 if (isRelational)
4381 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
4382 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4383 else if (!RHSIsNull)
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004384 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004385 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner1e0a3902008-01-16 19:17:22 +00004386 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004387 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffe77fd3c2007-08-16 21:48:38 +00004388 }
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004389 if (lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isAnyPointerType()) {
Chris Lattner149f1382009-06-30 06:24:05 +00004390 if (isRelational)
4391 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
4392 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4393 else if (!LHSIsNull)
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004394 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004395 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner1e0a3902008-01-16 19:17:22 +00004396 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004397 return ResultTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004398 }
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004399 // Handle block pointers.
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004400 if (!isRelational && RHSIsNull
4401 && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004402 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004403 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004404 }
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004405 if (!isRelational && LHSIsNull
4406 && lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004407 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004408 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004409 }
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004410 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004411}
4412
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004413/// CheckVectorCompareOperands - vector comparisons are a clang extension that
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004414/// operates on extended vector types. Instead of producing an IntTy result,
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004415/// like a scalar comparison, a vector comparison produces a vector of integer
4416/// types.
4417QualType Sema::CheckVectorCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004418 SourceLocation Loc,
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004419 bool isRelational) {
4420 // Check to make sure we're operating on vectors of the same type and width,
4421 // Allowing one side to be a scalar of element type.
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004422 QualType vType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004423 if (vType.isNull())
4424 return vType;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004425
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004426 QualType lType = lex->getType();
4427 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004428
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004429 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
4430 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
4431 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
4432 if (!lType->isFloatingType()) {
4433 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(lex->IgnoreParens()))
4434 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(rex->IgnoreParens()))
4435 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl())
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004436 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004437 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004438
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004439 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
4440 if (!isRelational && lType->isFloatingType()) {
4441 assert (rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004442 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004443 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004444
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004445 // Return the type for the comparison, which is the same as vector type for
4446 // integer vectors, or an integer type of identical size and number of
4447 // elements for floating point vectors.
4448 if (lType->isIntegerType())
4449 return lType;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004450
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004451 const VectorType *VTy = lType->getAsVectorType();
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004452 unsigned TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(VTy->getElementType());
Nate Begeman59b5da62009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004453 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy))
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004454 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.IntTy, VTy->getNumElements());
Chris Lattnerd013aa12009-03-31 07:46:52 +00004455 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongTy))
Nate Begeman59b5da62009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004456 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
4457
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004458 assert(TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongLongTy) &&
Nate Begeman59b5da62009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004459 "Unhandled vector element size in vector compare");
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004460 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongLongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
4461}
4462
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004463inline QualType Sema::CheckBitwiseOperands(
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004464 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004465{
Steve Naroff3e5e5562007-07-16 22:23:01 +00004466 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004467 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004468
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004469 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004470
Steve Naroffa4332e22007-07-17 00:58:39 +00004471 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004472 return compType;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004473 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004474}
4475
4476inline QualType Sema::CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14]
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004477 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004478{
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00004479 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
4480 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004481
Eli Friedman5773a6c2008-05-13 20:16:47 +00004482 if (lex->getType()->isScalarType() && rex->getType()->isScalarType())
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004483 return Context.IntTy;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004484 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004485}
4486
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004487/// IsReadonlyProperty - Verify that otherwise a valid l-value expression
4488/// is a read-only property; return true if so. A readonly property expression
4489/// depends on various declarations and thus must be treated specially.
4490///
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004491static bool IsReadonlyProperty(Expr *E, Sema &S)
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004492{
4493 if (E->getStmtClass() == Expr::ObjCPropertyRefExprClass) {
4494 const ObjCPropertyRefExpr* PropExpr = cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(E);
4495 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = PropExpr->getProperty()) {
4496 QualType BaseType = PropExpr->getBase()->getType();
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004497 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT =
4498 BaseType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType())
4499 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = OPT->getInterfaceDecl())
4500 if (S.isPropertyReadonly(PDecl, IFace))
4501 return true;
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004502 }
4503 }
4504 return false;
4505}
4506
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004507/// CheckForModifiableLvalue - Verify that E is a modifiable lvalue. If not,
4508/// emit an error and return true. If so, return false.
4509static bool CheckForModifiableLvalue(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc, Sema &S) {
Daniel Dunbar44e35f72009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004510 SourceLocation OrigLoc = Loc;
4511 Expr::isModifiableLvalueResult IsLV = E->isModifiableLvalue(S.Context,
4512 &Loc);
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004513 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid && IsReadonlyProperty(E, S))
4514 IsLV = Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty;
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004515 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid)
4516 return false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004517
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004518 unsigned Diag = 0;
4519 bool NeedType = false;
4520 switch (IsLV) { // C99 6.5.16p2
4521 default: assert(0 && "Unknown result from isModifiableLvalue!");
4522 case Expr::MLV_ConstQualified: Diag = diag::err_typecheck_assign_const; break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004523 case Expr::MLV_ArrayType:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004524 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_array_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4525 NeedType = true;
4526 break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004527 case Expr::MLV_NotObjectType:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004528 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_non_object_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4529 NeedType = true;
4530 break;
Chris Lattnerca354fa2008-11-17 19:51:54 +00004531 case Expr::MLV_LValueCast:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004532 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_lvalue_casts_not_supported;
4533 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004534 case Expr::MLV_InvalidExpression:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004535 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_expression_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4536 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004537 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteType:
4538 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteVoidType:
Douglas Gregor86447ec2009-03-09 16:13:40 +00004539 return S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, E->getType(),
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00004540 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_type_not_modifiable_lvalue,
4541 E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004542 case Expr::MLV_DuplicateVectorComponents:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004543 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_duplicate_vector_components_not_mlvalue;
4544 break;
Steve Naroff4f6a7d72008-09-26 14:41:28 +00004545 case Expr::MLV_NotBlockQualified:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004546 Diag = diag::err_block_decl_ref_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4547 break;
Fariborz Jahanian5daf5702008-11-22 18:39:36 +00004548 case Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty:
4549 Diag = diag::error_readonly_property_assignment;
4550 break;
Fariborz Jahanianba8d2d62008-11-22 20:25:50 +00004551 case Expr::MLV_NoSetterProperty:
4552 Diag = diag::error_nosetter_property_assignment;
4553 break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004554 }
Steve Naroffd1861fd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00004555
Daniel Dunbar44e35f72009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004556 SourceRange Assign;
4557 if (Loc != OrigLoc)
4558 Assign = SourceRange(OrigLoc, OrigLoc);
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004559 if (NeedType)
Daniel Dunbar44e35f72009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004560 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getType() << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004561 else
Daniel Dunbar44e35f72009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004562 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004563 return true;
4564}
4565
4566
4567
4568// C99 6.5.16.1
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004569QualType Sema::CheckAssignmentOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS,
4570 SourceLocation Loc,
4571 QualType CompoundType) {
4572 // Verify that LHS is a modifiable lvalue, and emit error if not.
4573 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(LHS, Loc, *this))
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004574 return QualType();
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004575
4576 QualType LHSType = LHS->getType();
4577 QualType RHSType = CompoundType.isNull() ? RHS->getType() : CompoundType;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004578
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004579 AssignConvertType ConvTy;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004580 if (CompoundType.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004581 // Simple assignment "x = y".
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004582 ConvTy = CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHS);
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004583 // Special case of NSObject attributes on c-style pointer types.
4584 if (ConvTy == IncompatiblePointer &&
4585 ((Context.isObjCNSObjectType(LHSType) &&
Steve Narofff4954562009-07-16 15:41:00 +00004586 RHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) ||
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004587 (Context.isObjCNSObjectType(RHSType) &&
Steve Narofff4954562009-07-16 15:41:00 +00004588 LHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType())))
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004589 ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004590
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004591 // If the RHS is a unary plus or minus, check to see if they = and + are
4592 // right next to each other. If so, the user may have typo'd "x =+ 4"
4593 // instead of "x += 4".
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004594 Expr *RHSCheck = RHS;
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004595 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHSCheck))
4596 RHSCheck = ICE->getSubExpr();
4597 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(RHSCheck)) {
4598 if ((UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ||
4599 UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Minus) &&
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004600 Loc.isFileID() && UO->getOperatorLoc().isFileID() &&
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004601 // Only if the two operators are exactly adjacent.
Chris Lattner399bd1b2009-03-08 06:51:10 +00004602 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(1) == UO->getOperatorLoc() &&
4603 // And there is a space or other character before the subexpr of the
4604 // unary +/-. We don't want to warn on "x=-1".
Chris Lattner3e872092009-03-09 07:11:10 +00004605 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(2) != UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart() &&
4606 UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart().isFileID()) {
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004607 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_compound_assign)
4608 << (UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ? "+" : "-")
4609 << SourceRange(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO->getOperatorLoc());
Chris Lattner399bd1b2009-03-08 06:51:10 +00004610 }
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004611 }
4612 } else {
4613 // Compound assignment "x += y"
Eli Friedman623712b2009-05-16 05:56:02 +00004614 ConvTy = CheckAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHSType);
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004615 }
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004616
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004617 if (DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, Loc, LHSType, RHSType,
4618 RHS, "assigning"))
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004619 return QualType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004620
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004621 // C99 6.5.16p3: The type of an assignment expression is the type of the
4622 // left operand unless the left operand has qualified type, in which case
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004623 // it is the unqualified version of the type of the left operand.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004624 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: In simple assignment, the value of the right operand
4625 // is converted to the type of the assignment expression (above).
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004626 // C++ 5.17p1: the type of the assignment expression is that of its left
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +00004627 // operand.
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004628 return LHSType.getUnqualifiedType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004629}
4630
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004631// C99 6.5.17
4632QualType Sema::CheckCommaOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner53fcaa92008-07-25 20:54:07 +00004633 // Comma performs lvalue conversion (C99 6.3.2.1), but not unary conversions.
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004634 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHS);
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00004635
4636 // FIXME: Check that RHS type is complete in C mode (it's legal for it to be
4637 // incomplete in C++).
4638
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004639 return RHS->getType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004640}
4641
Steve Naroff49b45262007-07-13 16:58:59 +00004642/// CheckIncrementDecrementOperand - unlike most "Check" methods, this routine
4643/// doesn't need to call UsualUnaryConversions or UsualArithmeticConversions.
Sebastian Redle6d5a4a2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00004644QualType Sema::CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc,
4645 bool isInc) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004646 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
4647 return Context.DependentTy;
4648
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004649 QualType ResType = Op->getType();
4650 assert(!ResType.isNull() && "no type for increment/decrement expression");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004651
Sebastian Redle6d5a4a2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00004652 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && ResType->isBooleanType()) {
4653 // Decrement of bool is not allowed.
4654 if (!isInc) {
4655 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_decrement_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
4656 return QualType();
4657 }
4658 // Increment of bool sets it to true, but is deprecated.
4659 Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_increment_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
4660 } else if (ResType->isRealType()) {
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004661 // OK!
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004662 } else if (ResType->isAnyPointerType()) {
4663 QualType PointeeTy = ResType->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004664
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004665 // C99 6.5.2.4p2, 6.5.6p2
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004666 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregorc983b862009-01-23 00:36:41 +00004667 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4668 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
4669 << Op->getSourceRange();
4670 return QualType();
4671 }
4672
4673 // Pointer to void is a GNU extension in C.
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004674 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr) << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004675 } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregorc983b862009-01-23 00:36:41 +00004676 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4677 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
4678 << Op->getType() << Op->getSourceRange();
4679 return QualType();
4680 }
4681
4682 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004683 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004684 } else if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, PointeeTy,
Douglas Gregor8dcb29d2009-03-24 20:13:58 +00004685 diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type,
4686 Op->getSourceRange(), SourceRange(),
4687 ResType))
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00004688 return QualType();
Fariborz Jahanian9f8a04f2009-07-16 17:59:14 +00004689 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
4690 else if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
4691 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
4692 << PointeeTy << Op->getSourceRange();
4693 return QualType();
4694 }
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004695 } else if (ResType->isComplexType()) {
4696 // C99 does not support ++/-- on complex types, we allow as an extension.
4697 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_increment_complex)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004698 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004699 } else {
4700 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_illegal_increment_decrement)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004701 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004702 return QualType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004703 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004704 // At this point, we know we have a real, complex or pointer type.
Steve Naroffdd10e022007-08-23 21:37:33 +00004705 // Now make sure the operand is a modifiable lvalue.
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004706 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(Op, OpLoc, *this))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004707 return QualType();
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004708 return ResType;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004709}
4710
Anders Carlsson369dee42008-02-01 07:15:58 +00004711/// getPrimaryDecl - Helper function for CheckAddressOfOperand().
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004712/// This routine allows us to typecheck complex/recursive expressions
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00004713/// where the declaration is needed for type checking. We only need to
4714/// handle cases when the expression references a function designator
4715/// or is an lvalue. Here are some examples:
4716/// - &(x) => x
4717/// - &*****f => f for f a function designator.
4718/// - &s.xx => s
4719/// - &s.zz[1].yy -> s, if zz is an array
4720/// - *(x + 1) -> x, if x is an array
4721/// - &"123"[2] -> 0
4722/// - & __real__ x -> x
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004723static NamedDecl *getPrimaryDecl(Expr *E) {
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004724 switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004725 case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass:
Douglas Gregor1a49af92009-01-06 05:10:23 +00004726 case Stmt::QualifiedDeclRefExprClass:
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004727 return cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)->getDecl();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004728 case Stmt::MemberExprClass:
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004729 // If this is an arrow operator, the address is an offset from
4730 // the base's value, so the object the base refers to is
4731 // irrelevant.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004732 if (cast<MemberExpr>(E)->isArrow())
Chris Lattnerf82228f2007-11-16 17:46:48 +00004733 return 0;
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004734 // Otherwise, the expression refers to a part of the base
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004735 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<MemberExpr>(E)->getBase());
Anders Carlsson369dee42008-02-01 07:15:58 +00004736 case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: {
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00004737 // FIXME: This code shouldn't be necessary! We should catch the implicit
4738 // promotion of register arrays earlier.
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004739 Expr* Base = cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)->getBase();
4740 if (ImplicitCastExpr* ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Base)) {
4741 if (ICE->getSubExpr()->getType()->isArrayType())
4742 return getPrimaryDecl(ICE->getSubExpr());
4743 }
4744 return 0;
Anders Carlsson369dee42008-02-01 07:15:58 +00004745 }
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00004746 case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
4747 UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004748
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00004749 switch(UO->getOpcode()) {
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00004750 case UnaryOperator::Real:
4751 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
4752 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
4753 return getPrimaryDecl(UO->getSubExpr());
4754 default:
4755 return 0;
4756 }
4757 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004758 case Stmt::ParenExprClass:
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004759 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Chris Lattnerf82228f2007-11-16 17:46:48 +00004760 case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass:
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004761 // If the result of an implicit cast is an l-value, we care about
4762 // the sub-expression; otherwise, the result here doesn't matter.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004763 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004764 default:
4765 return 0;
4766 }
4767}
4768
4769/// CheckAddressOfOperand - The operand of & must be either a function
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004770/// designator or an lvalue designating an object. If it is an lvalue, the
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004771/// object cannot be declared with storage class register or be a bit field.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004772/// Note: The usual conversions are *not* applied to the operand of the &
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004773/// operator (C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4]), and its result is never an lvalue.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004774/// In C++, the operand might be an overloaded function name, in which case
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004775/// we allow the '&' but retain the overloaded-function type.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004776QualType Sema::CheckAddressOfOperand(Expr *op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004777 // Make sure to ignore parentheses in subsequent checks
4778 op = op->IgnoreParens();
4779
Douglas Gregor9103bb22008-12-17 22:52:20 +00004780 if (op->isTypeDependent())
4781 return Context.DependentTy;
4782
Steve Naroff08f19672008-01-13 17:10:08 +00004783 if (getLangOptions().C99) {
4784 // Implement C99-only parts of addressof rules.
4785 if (UnaryOperator* uOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(op)) {
4786 if (uOp->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Deref)
4787 // Per C99 6.5.3.2, the address of a deref always returns a valid result
4788 // (assuming the deref expression is valid).
4789 return uOp->getSubExpr()->getType();
4790 }
4791 // Technically, there should be a check for array subscript
4792 // expressions here, but the result of one is always an lvalue anyway.
4793 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004794 NamedDecl *dcl = getPrimaryDecl(op);
Chris Lattner28be73f2008-07-26 21:30:36 +00004795 Expr::isLvalueResult lval = op->isLvalue(Context);
Nuno Lopes6b6609f2008-12-16 22:59:47 +00004796
Eli Friedman441cf102009-05-16 23:27:50 +00004797 if (lval != Expr::LV_Valid && lval != Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
4798 // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004799 // The operand must be either an l-value or a function designator
Eli Friedman441cf102009-05-16 23:27:50 +00004800 if (!op->getType()->isFunctionType()) {
Chris Lattnerf82228f2007-11-16 17:46:48 +00004801 // FIXME: emit more specific diag...
Chris Lattnerdcd5ef12008-11-19 05:27:50 +00004802 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_lvalue_addrof)
4803 << op->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004804 return QualType();
4805 }
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00004806 } else if (op->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004807 // The operand cannot be a bit-field
4808 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
4809 << "bit-field" << op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00004810 return QualType();
Nate Begemanb104b1f2009-02-15 22:45:20 +00004811 } else if (isa<ExtVectorElementExpr>(op) || (isa<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op) &&
4812 cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op)->getBase()->getType()->isVectorType())){
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004813 // The operand cannot be an element of a vector
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004814 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
Nate Begemanb104b1f2009-02-15 22:45:20 +00004815 << "vector element" << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffbcb2b612008-02-29 23:30:25 +00004816 return QualType();
Fariborz Jahanian0337f212009-07-07 18:50:52 +00004817 } else if (isa<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(op)) {
4818 // cannot take address of a property expression.
4819 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
4820 << "property expression" << op->getSourceRange();
4821 return QualType();
Steve Naroffbcb2b612008-02-29 23:30:25 +00004822 } else if (dcl) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004823 // We have an lvalue with a decl. Make sure the decl is not declared
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004824 // with the register storage-class specifier.
4825 if (const VarDecl *vd = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(dcl)) {
4826 if (vd->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Register) {
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004827 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
4828 << "register variable" << op->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004829 return QualType();
4830 }
Douglas Gregor83314aa2009-07-08 20:55:45 +00004831 } else if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(dcl) ||
4832 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004833 return Context.OverloadTy;
Anders Carlssonf9e48bd2009-07-08 21:45:58 +00004834 } else if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregor29882052008-12-10 21:26:49 +00004835 // Okay: we can take the address of a field.
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +00004836 // Could be a pointer to member, though, if there is an explicit
4837 // scope qualifier for the class.
4838 if (isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(op)) {
4839 DeclContext *Ctx = dcl->getDeclContext();
Anders Carlssonf9e48bd2009-07-08 21:45:58 +00004840 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord()) {
4841 if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType()) {
4842 Diag(OpLoc,
4843 diag::err_cannot_form_pointer_to_member_of_reference_type)
4844 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
4845 return QualType();
4846 }
4847
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +00004848 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
4849 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)).getTypePtr());
Anders Carlssonf9e48bd2009-07-08 21:45:58 +00004850 }
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +00004851 }
Anders Carlsson196f7d02009-05-16 21:43:42 +00004852 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(dcl)) {
Nuno Lopes6fea8d22008-12-16 22:58:26 +00004853 // Okay: we can take the address of a function.
Sebastian Redl33b399a2009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004854 // As above.
Anders Carlsson196f7d02009-05-16 21:43:42 +00004855 if (isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(op) && MD->isInstance())
4856 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
4857 Context.getTypeDeclType(MD->getParent()).getTypePtr());
4858 } else if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(dcl))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004859 assert(0 && "Unknown/unexpected decl type");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004860 }
Sebastian Redl33b399a2009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004861
Eli Friedman441cf102009-05-16 23:27:50 +00004862 if (lval == Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
4863 // Taking the address of a void variable is technically illegal, but we
4864 // allow it in cases which are otherwise valid.
4865 // Example: "extern void x; void* y = &x;".
4866 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_addrof_void) << op->getSourceRange();
4867 }
4868
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004869 // If the operand has type "type", the result has type "pointer to type".
4870 return Context.getPointerType(op->getType());
4871}
4872
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004873QualType Sema::CheckIndirectionOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004874 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
4875 return Context.DependentTy;
4876
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004877 UsualUnaryConversions(Op);
4878 QualType Ty = Op->getType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004879
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004880 // Note that per both C89 and C99, this is always legal, even if ptype is an
4881 // incomplete type or void. It would be possible to warn about dereferencing
4882 // a void pointer, but it's completely well-defined, and such a warning is
4883 // unlikely to catch any mistakes.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004884 if (const PointerType *PT = Ty->getAs<PointerType>())
Steve Naroff08f19672008-01-13 17:10:08 +00004885 return PT->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004886
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004887 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = Ty->getAsObjCObjectPointerType())
4888 return OPT->getPointeeType();
4889
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004890 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_indirection_requires_pointer)
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004891 << Ty << Op->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004892 return QualType();
4893}
4894
4895static inline BinaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(
4896 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
4897 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
4898 switch (Kind) {
4899 default: assert(0 && "Unknown binop!");
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004900 case tok::periodstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemD; break;
4901 case tok::arrowstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemI; break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004902 case tok::star: Opc = BinaryOperator::Mul; break;
4903 case tok::slash: Opc = BinaryOperator::Div; break;
4904 case tok::percent: Opc = BinaryOperator::Rem; break;
4905 case tok::plus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Add; break;
4906 case tok::minus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Sub; break;
4907 case tok::lessless: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shl; break;
4908 case tok::greatergreater: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shr; break;
4909 case tok::lessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::LE; break;
4910 case tok::less: Opc = BinaryOperator::LT; break;
4911 case tok::greaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::GE; break;
4912 case tok::greater: Opc = BinaryOperator::GT; break;
4913 case tok::exclaimequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::NE; break;
4914 case tok::equalequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::EQ; break;
4915 case tok::amp: Opc = BinaryOperator::And; break;
4916 case tok::caret: Opc = BinaryOperator::Xor; break;
4917 case tok::pipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::Or; break;
4918 case tok::ampamp: Opc = BinaryOperator::LAnd; break;
4919 case tok::pipepipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::LOr; break;
4920 case tok::equal: Opc = BinaryOperator::Assign; break;
4921 case tok::starequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::MulAssign; break;
4922 case tok::slashequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::DivAssign; break;
4923 case tok::percentequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::RemAssign; break;
4924 case tok::plusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AddAssign; break;
4925 case tok::minusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::SubAssign; break;
4926 case tok::lesslessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShlAssign; break;
4927 case tok::greatergreaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShrAssign; break;
4928 case tok::ampequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AndAssign; break;
4929 case tok::caretequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::XorAssign; break;
4930 case tok::pipeequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::OrAssign; break;
4931 case tok::comma: Opc = BinaryOperator::Comma; break;
4932 }
4933 return Opc;
4934}
4935
4936static inline UnaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(
4937 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
4938 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
4939 switch (Kind) {
4940 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
4941 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreInc; break;
4942 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreDec; break;
4943 case tok::amp: Opc = UnaryOperator::AddrOf; break;
4944 case tok::star: Opc = UnaryOperator::Deref; break;
4945 case tok::plus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Plus; break;
4946 case tok::minus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Minus; break;
4947 case tok::tilde: Opc = UnaryOperator::Not; break;
4948 case tok::exclaim: Opc = UnaryOperator::LNot; break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004949 case tok::kw___real: Opc = UnaryOperator::Real; break;
4950 case tok::kw___imag: Opc = UnaryOperator::Imag; break;
4951 case tok::kw___extension__: Opc = UnaryOperator::Extension; break;
4952 }
4953 return Opc;
4954}
4955
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004956/// CreateBuiltinBinOp - Creates a new built-in binary operation with
4957/// operator @p Opc at location @c TokLoc. This routine only supports
4958/// built-in operations; ActOnBinOp handles overloaded operators.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004959Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4960 unsigned Op,
4961 Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs) {
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004962 QualType ResultTy; // Result type of the binary operator.
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004963 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)Op;
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004964 // The following two variables are used for compound assignment operators
4965 QualType CompLHSTy; // Type of LHS after promotions for computation
4966 QualType CompResultTy; // Type of computation result
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004967
4968 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004969 case BinaryOperator::Assign:
4970 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, QualType());
4971 break;
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004972 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemD:
4973 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemI:
4974 ResultTy = CheckPointerToMemberOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc,
4975 Opc == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI);
4976 break;
4977 case BinaryOperator::Mul:
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004978 case BinaryOperator::Div:
4979 ResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4980 break;
4981 case BinaryOperator::Rem:
4982 ResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4983 break;
4984 case BinaryOperator::Add:
4985 ResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4986 break;
4987 case BinaryOperator::Sub:
4988 ResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4989 break;
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004990 case BinaryOperator::Shl:
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004991 case BinaryOperator::Shr:
4992 ResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4993 break;
4994 case BinaryOperator::LE:
4995 case BinaryOperator::LT:
4996 case BinaryOperator::GE:
4997 case BinaryOperator::GT:
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004998 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, true);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004999 break;
5000 case BinaryOperator::EQ:
5001 case BinaryOperator::NE:
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005002 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, false);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005003 break;
5004 case BinaryOperator::And:
5005 case BinaryOperator::Xor:
5006 case BinaryOperator::Or:
5007 ResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5008 break;
5009 case BinaryOperator::LAnd:
5010 case BinaryOperator::LOr:
5011 ResultTy = CheckLogicalOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5012 break;
5013 case BinaryOperator::MulAssign:
5014 case BinaryOperator::DivAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005015 CompResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
5016 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
5017 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5018 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005019 break;
5020 case BinaryOperator::RemAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005021 CompResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
5022 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
5023 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5024 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005025 break;
5026 case BinaryOperator::AddAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005027 CompResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
5028 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5029 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005030 break;
5031 case BinaryOperator::SubAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005032 CompResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
5033 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5034 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005035 break;
5036 case BinaryOperator::ShlAssign:
5037 case BinaryOperator::ShrAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005038 CompResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
5039 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
5040 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5041 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005042 break;
5043 case BinaryOperator::AndAssign:
5044 case BinaryOperator::XorAssign:
5045 case BinaryOperator::OrAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005046 CompResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
5047 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
5048 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5049 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005050 break;
5051 case BinaryOperator::Comma:
5052 ResultTy = CheckCommaOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5053 break;
5054 }
5055 if (ResultTy.isNull())
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005056 return ExprError();
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005057 if (CompResultTy.isNull())
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00005058 return Owned(new (Context) BinaryOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy, OpLoc));
5059 else
5060 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundAssignOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy,
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005061 CompLHSTy, CompResultTy,
5062 OpLoc));
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005063}
5064
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005065// Binary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005066Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
5067 tok::TokenKind Kind,
5068 ExprArg LHS, ExprArg RHS) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005069 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(Kind);
Anders Carlssone9146f22009-05-01 19:49:17 +00005070 Expr *lhs = LHS.takeAs<Expr>(), *rhs = RHS.takeAs<Expr>();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005071
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00005072 assert((lhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing left expression");
5073 assert((rhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing right expression");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005074
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005075 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
5076 (lhs->getType()->isOverloadableType() ||
5077 rhs->getType()->isOverloadableType())) {
5078 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
5079 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
5080 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
5081 // the arguments.
Douglas Gregor3fd95ce2009-03-13 00:33:25 +00005082 FunctionSet Functions;
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005083 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
5084 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
5085 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, lhs->getType(), rhs->getType(),
5086 Functions);
5087 Expr *Args[2] = { lhs, rhs };
5088 DeclarationName OpName
5089 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
5090 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, Args, 2, Functions);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00005091 }
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005092
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005093 // Build the (potentially-overloaded, potentially-dependent)
5094 // binary operation.
5095 return CreateOverloadedBinOp(TokLoc, Opc, Functions, lhs, rhs);
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005096 }
5097
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005098 // Build a built-in binary operation.
5099 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(TokLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005100}
5101
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005102Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
5103 unsigned OpcIn,
5104 ExprArg InputArg) {
5105 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = static_cast<UnaryOperator::Opcode>(OpcIn);
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00005106
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00005107 // FIXME: Input is modified below, but InputArg is not updated appropriately.
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005108 Expr *Input = (Expr *)InputArg.get();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005109 QualType resultType;
5110 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005111 case UnaryOperator::OffsetOf:
5112 assert(false && "Invalid unary operator");
5113 break;
5114
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005115 case UnaryOperator::PreInc:
5116 case UnaryOperator::PreDec:
Eli Friedmande99a452009-07-22 22:25:00 +00005117 case UnaryOperator::PostInc:
5118 case UnaryOperator::PostDec:
Sebastian Redle6d5a4a2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00005119 resultType = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Input, OpLoc,
Eli Friedmande99a452009-07-22 22:25:00 +00005120 Opc == UnaryOperator::PreInc ||
5121 Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005122 break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005123 case UnaryOperator::AddrOf:
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005124 resultType = CheckAddressOfOperand(Input, OpLoc);
5125 break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005126 case UnaryOperator::Deref:
Steve Naroff1ca9b112007-12-18 04:06:57 +00005127 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005128 resultType = CheckIndirectionOperand(Input, OpLoc);
5129 break;
5130 case UnaryOperator::Plus:
5131 case UnaryOperator::Minus:
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00005132 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
5133 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005134 if (resultType->isDependentType())
5135 break;
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00005136 if (resultType->isArithmeticType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
5137 break;
5138 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6-7
5139 resultType->isEnumeralType())
5140 break;
5141 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6
5142 Opc == UnaryOperator::Plus &&
5143 resultType->isPointerType())
5144 break;
5145
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005146 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
5147 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005148 case UnaryOperator::Not: // bitwise complement
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00005149 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
5150 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005151 if (resultType->isDependentType())
5152 break;
Chris Lattner02a65142008-07-25 23:52:49 +00005153 // C99 6.5.3.3p1. We allow complex int and float as a GCC extension.
5154 if (resultType->isComplexType() || resultType->isComplexIntegerType())
5155 // C99 does not support '~' for complex conjugation.
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005156 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_complement_complex)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005157 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner02a65142008-07-25 23:52:49 +00005158 else if (!resultType->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005159 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
5160 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005161 break;
5162 case UnaryOperator::LNot: // logical negation
5163 // Unlike +/-/~, integer promotions aren't done here (C99 6.5.3.3p5).
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00005164 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
5165 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005166 if (resultType->isDependentType())
5167 break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005168 if (!resultType->isScalarType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005169 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
5170 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005171 // LNot always has type int. C99 6.5.3.3p5.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005172 // In C++, it's bool. C++ 5.3.1p8
5173 resultType = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.BoolTy : Context.IntTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005174 break;
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00005175 case UnaryOperator::Real:
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00005176 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
Chris Lattnerba27e2a2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00005177 resultType = CheckRealImagOperand(Input, OpLoc, Opc == UnaryOperator::Real);
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00005178 break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005179 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005180 resultType = Input->getType();
5181 break;
5182 }
5183 if (resultType.isNull())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005184 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005185
5186 InputArg.release();
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00005187 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Input, Opc, resultType, OpLoc));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005188}
5189
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005190// Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
5191Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
5192 tok::TokenKind Op, ExprArg input) {
5193 Expr *Input = (Expr*)input.get();
5194 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(Op);
5195
5196 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Input->getType()->isOverloadableType()) {
5197 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
5198 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
5199 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
5200 // the arguments.
5201 FunctionSet Functions;
5202 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
5203 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
5204 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, Input->getType(), QualType(),
5205 Functions);
5206 DeclarationName OpName
5207 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
5208 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, &Input, 1, Functions);
5209 }
5210
5211 return CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, move(input));
5212 }
5213
5214 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, move(input));
5215}
5216
Steve Naroff1b273c42007-09-16 14:56:35 +00005217/// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005218Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc,
5219 SourceLocation LabLoc,
5220 IdentifierInfo *LabelII) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005221 // Look up the record for this label identifier.
Chris Lattnerea29a3a2009-04-18 20:01:55 +00005222 LabelStmt *&LabelDecl = getLabelMap()[LabelII];
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005223
Daniel Dunbar0ffb1252008-08-04 16:51:22 +00005224 // If we haven't seen this label yet, create a forward reference. It
5225 // will be validated and/or cleaned up in ActOnFinishFunctionBody.
Steve Naroffcaaacec2009-03-13 15:38:40 +00005226 if (LabelDecl == 0)
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00005227 LabelDecl = new (Context) LabelStmt(LabLoc, LabelII, 0);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005228
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005229 // Create the AST node. The address of a label always has type 'void*'.
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005230 return Owned(new (Context) AddrLabelExpr(OpLoc, LabLoc, LabelDecl,
5231 Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy)));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005232}
5233
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005234Sema::OwningExprResult
5235Sema::ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, StmtArg substmt,
5236 SourceLocation RPLoc) { // "({..})"
5237 Stmt *SubStmt = static_cast<Stmt*>(substmt.get());
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005238 assert(SubStmt && isa<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt) && "Invalid action invocation!");
5239 CompoundStmt *Compound = cast<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt);
5240
Eli Friedmandca2b732009-01-24 23:09:00 +00005241 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Chris Lattner4a049f02009-04-25 19:11:05 +00005242 if (isFileScope)
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005243 return ExprError(Diag(LPLoc, diag::err_stmtexpr_file_scope));
Eli Friedmandca2b732009-01-24 23:09:00 +00005244
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005245 // FIXME: there are a variety of strange constraints to enforce here, for
5246 // example, it is not possible to goto into a stmt expression apparently.
5247 // More semantic analysis is needed.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005248
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005249 // If there are sub stmts in the compound stmt, take the type of the last one
5250 // as the type of the stmtexpr.
5251 QualType Ty = Context.VoidTy;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005252
Chris Lattner611b2ec2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00005253 if (!Compound->body_empty()) {
5254 Stmt *LastStmt = Compound->body_back();
5255 // If LastStmt is a label, skip down through into the body.
5256 while (LabelStmt *Label = dyn_cast<LabelStmt>(LastStmt))
5257 LastStmt = Label->getSubStmt();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005258
Chris Lattner611b2ec2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00005259 if (Expr *LastExpr = dyn_cast<Expr>(LastStmt))
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005260 Ty = LastExpr->getType();
Chris Lattner611b2ec2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00005261 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005262
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005263 // FIXME: Check that expression type is complete/non-abstract; statement
5264 // expressions are not lvalues.
5265
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005266 substmt.release();
5267 return Owned(new (Context) StmtExpr(Compound, Ty, LPLoc, RPLoc));
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005268}
Steve Naroffd34e9152007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005269
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005270Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S,
5271 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5272 SourceLocation TypeLoc,
5273 TypeTy *argty,
5274 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
5275 unsigned NumComponents,
5276 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
5277 // FIXME: This function leaks all expressions in the offset components on
5278 // error.
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005279 QualType ArgTy = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(argty);
5280 assert(!ArgTy.isNull() && "Missing type argument!");
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005281
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005282 bool Dependent = ArgTy->isDependentType();
5283
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005284 // We must have at least one component that refers to the type, and the first
5285 // one is known to be a field designator. Verify that the ArgTy represents
5286 // a struct/union/class.
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005287 if (!Dependent && !ArgTy->isRecordType())
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005288 return ExprError(Diag(TypeLoc, diag::err_offsetof_record_type) << ArgTy);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005289
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005290 // FIXME: Type must be complete per C99 7.17p3 because a declaring a variable
5291 // with an incomplete type would be illegal.
Douglas Gregor4fdf1fa2009-03-11 16:48:53 +00005292
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005293 // Otherwise, create a null pointer as the base, and iteratively process
5294 // the offsetof designators.
5295 QualType ArgTyPtr = Context.getPointerType(ArgTy);
5296 Expr* Res = new (Context) ImplicitValueInitExpr(ArgTyPtr);
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005297 Res = new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::Deref,
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005298 ArgTy, SourceLocation());
Eli Friedman1d242592009-01-26 01:33:06 +00005299
Chris Lattner9e2b75c2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00005300 // offsetof with non-identifier designators (e.g. "offsetof(x, a.b[c])") are a
5301 // GCC extension, diagnose them.
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005302 // FIXME: This diagnostic isn't actually visible because the location is in
5303 // a system header!
Chris Lattner9e2b75c2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00005304 if (NumComponents != 1)
Chris Lattnerdcd5ef12008-11-19 05:27:50 +00005305 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::ext_offsetof_extended_field_designator)
5306 << SourceRange(CompPtr[1].LocStart, CompPtr[NumComponents-1].LocEnd);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005307
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005308 if (!Dependent) {
Eli Friedmanc0d600c2009-05-03 21:22:18 +00005309 bool DidWarnAboutNonPOD = false;
Anders Carlsson5992e4a2009-05-02 18:36:10 +00005310
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005311 // FIXME: Dependent case loses a lot of information here. And probably
5312 // leaks like a sieve.
5313 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumComponents; ++i) {
5314 const OffsetOfComponent &OC = CompPtr[i];
5315 if (OC.isBrackets) {
5316 // Offset of an array sub-field. TODO: Should we allow vector elements?
5317 const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(Res->getType());
5318 if (!AT) {
5319 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005320 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_array_type)
5321 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005322 }
5323
5324 // FIXME: C++: Verify that operator[] isn't overloaded.
5325
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005326 // Promote the array so it looks more like a normal array subscript
5327 // expression.
5328 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Res);
5329
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005330 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
5331 Expr *Idx = static_cast<Expr*>(OC.U.E);
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005332 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005333 if (!Idx->isTypeDependent() && !Idx->getType()->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005334 return ExprError(Diag(Idx->getLocStart(),
Chris Lattner338395d2009-04-25 22:50:55 +00005335 diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005336 << Idx->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005337
5338 Res = new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(Res, Idx, AT->getElementType(),
5339 OC.LocEnd);
5340 continue;
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005341 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005342
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005343 const RecordType *RC = Res->getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005344 if (!RC) {
5345 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005346 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_record_type)
5347 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005348 }
Chris Lattner704fe352007-08-30 17:59:59 +00005349
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005350 // Get the decl corresponding to this.
5351 RecordDecl *RD = RC->getDecl();
Anders Carlsson6d7f1492009-05-01 23:20:30 +00005352 if (CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
Anders Carlsson5992e4a2009-05-02 18:36:10 +00005353 if (!CRD->isPOD() && !DidWarnAboutNonPOD) {
Anders Carlssonf9b8bc62009-05-02 17:45:47 +00005354 ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::warn_offsetof_non_pod_type)
5355 << SourceRange(CompPtr[0].LocStart, OC.LocEnd)
5356 << Res->getType());
Anders Carlsson5992e4a2009-05-02 18:36:10 +00005357 DidWarnAboutNonPOD = true;
5358 }
Anders Carlsson6d7f1492009-05-01 23:20:30 +00005359 }
5360
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005361 FieldDecl *MemberDecl
5362 = dyn_cast_or_null<FieldDecl>(LookupQualifiedName(RD, OC.U.IdentInfo,
5363 LookupMemberName)
5364 .getAsDecl());
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005365 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005366 if (!MemberDecl)
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005367 return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
5368 << OC.U.IdentInfo << SourceRange(OC.LocStart, OC.LocEnd));
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005369
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005370 // FIXME: C++: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a static field.
5371 // FIXME: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a bitfield.
Eli Friedmane9356962009-04-26 20:50:44 +00005372 if (cast<RecordDecl>(MemberDecl->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
Anders Carlssonf1b1d592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00005373 Res = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(
5374 SourceLocation(), MemberDecl, Res, SourceLocation()).takeAs<Expr>();
Eli Friedmane9356962009-04-26 20:50:44 +00005375 } else {
5376 // MemberDecl->getType() doesn't get the right qualifiers, but it
5377 // doesn't matter here.
5378 Res = new (Context) MemberExpr(Res, false, MemberDecl, OC.LocEnd,
5379 MemberDecl->getType().getNonReferenceType());
5380 }
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005381 }
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005382 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005383
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005384 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::OffsetOf,
5385 Context.getSizeType(), BuiltinLoc));
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005386}
5387
5388
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005389Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnTypesCompatibleExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5390 TypeTy *arg1,TypeTy *arg2,
5391 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Steve Naroffd34e9152007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005392 QualType argT1 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(arg1);
5393 QualType argT2 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(arg2);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005394
Steve Naroffd34e9152007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005395 assert((!argT1.isNull() && !argT2.isNull()) && "Missing type argument(s)");
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005396
Douglas Gregorc12a9c52009-05-19 22:28:02 +00005397 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5398 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_types_compatible_p_in_cplusplus)
5399 << SourceRange(BuiltinLoc, RPLoc);
5400 return ExprError();
5401 }
5402
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005403 return Owned(new (Context) TypesCompatibleExpr(Context.IntTy, BuiltinLoc,
5404 argT1, argT2, RPLoc));
Steve Naroffd34e9152007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005405}
5406
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005407Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5408 ExprArg cond,
5409 ExprArg expr1, ExprArg expr2,
5410 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
5411 Expr *CondExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(cond.get());
5412 Expr *LHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr1.get());
5413 Expr *RHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr2.get());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005414
Steve Naroffd04fdd52007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005415 assert((CondExpr && LHSExpr && RHSExpr) && "Missing type argument(s)");
5416
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005417 QualType resType;
Douglas Gregorc9ecc572009-05-19 22:43:30 +00005418 if (CondExpr->isTypeDependent() || CondExpr->isValueDependent()) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005419 resType = Context.DependentTy;
5420 } else {
5421 // The conditional expression is required to be a constant expression.
5422 llvm::APSInt condEval(32);
5423 SourceLocation ExpLoc;
5424 if (!CondExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(condEval, Context, &ExpLoc))
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005425 return ExprError(Diag(ExpLoc,
5426 diag::err_typecheck_choose_expr_requires_constant)
5427 << CondExpr->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroffd04fdd52007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005428
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005429 // If the condition is > zero, then the AST type is the same as the LSHExpr.
5430 resType = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->getType() : RHSExpr->getType();
5431 }
5432
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005433 cond.release(); expr1.release(); expr2.release();
5434 return Owned(new (Context) ChooseExpr(BuiltinLoc, CondExpr, LHSExpr, RHSExpr,
5435 resType, RPLoc));
Steve Naroffd04fdd52007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005436}
5437
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005438//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5439// Clang Extensions.
5440//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5441
5442/// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is started.
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005443void Sema::ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *BlockScope) {
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005444 // Analyze block parameters.
5445 BlockSemaInfo *BSI = new BlockSemaInfo();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005446
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005447 // Add BSI to CurBlock.
5448 BSI->PrevBlockInfo = CurBlock;
5449 CurBlock = BSI;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005450
Fariborz Jahanian7d5c74e2009-06-19 23:37:08 +00005451 BSI->ReturnType = QualType();
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005452 BSI->TheScope = BlockScope;
Mike Stumpb83d2872009-02-19 22:01:56 +00005453 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = false;
Daniel Dunbar1d2154c2009-07-29 01:59:17 +00005454 BSI->hasPrototype = false;
Chris Lattner17a78302009-04-19 05:28:12 +00005455 BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
5456 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005457
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005458 BSI->TheDecl = BlockDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, CaretLoc);
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00005459 PushDeclContext(BlockScope, BSI->TheDecl);
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005460}
5461
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005462void Sema::ActOnBlockArguments(Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope) {
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00005463 assert(ParamInfo.getIdentifier()==0 && "block-id should have no identifier!");
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005464
5465 if (ParamInfo.getNumTypeObjects() == 0
5466 || ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Function) {
Douglas Gregor9cdda0c2009-06-17 21:51:59 +00005467 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005468 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
5469
Mike Stump4eeab842009-04-28 01:10:27 +00005470 if (T->isArrayType()) {
5471 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5472 diag::err_block_returns_array);
5473 return;
5474 }
5475
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005476 // The parameter list is optional, if there was none, assume ().
5477 if (!T->isFunctionType())
5478 T = Context.getFunctionType(T, NULL, 0, 0, 0);
5479
5480 CurBlock->hasPrototype = true;
5481 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Fariborz Jahanian2f7c3922009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005482 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00005483 if (CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian2f7c3922009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005484 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
Fariborz Jahanian3bba33d2009-05-15 21:18:04 +00005485 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
Fariborz Jahanian2f7c3922009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005486 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
5487 }
Chris Lattner9097af12009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005488 QualType RetTy = T.getTypePtr()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
5489
5490 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
5491 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
5492 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5493 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
5494 return;
5495 }
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005496 return;
5497 }
5498
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005499 // Analyze arguments to block.
5500 assert(ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function &&
5501 "Not a function declarator!");
5502 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Fun;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005503
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005504 CurBlock->hasPrototype = FTI.hasPrototype;
5505 CurBlock->isVariadic = true;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005506
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005507 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs function that takes
5508 // no arguments, not a function that takes a single void argument.
5509 if (FTI.hasPrototype &&
5510 FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 &&
Chris Lattnerb28317a2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00005511 (!FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType().getCVRQualifiers()&&
5512 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType()->isVoidType())) {
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005513 // empty arg list, don't push any params.
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005514 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005515 } else if (FTI.hasPrototype) {
5516 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i)
Chris Lattnerb28317a2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00005517 CurBlock->Params.push_back(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>());
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005518 CurBlock->isVariadic = FTI.isVariadic;
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005519 }
Jay Foadbeaaccd2009-05-21 09:52:38 +00005520 CurBlock->TheDecl->setParams(Context, CurBlock->Params.data(),
Chris Lattner9097af12009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005521 CurBlock->Params.size());
Fariborz Jahaniand66f22d2009-05-19 17:08:59 +00005522 CurBlock->TheDecl->setIsVariadic(CurBlock->isVariadic);
Douglas Gregor9cdda0c2009-06-17 21:51:59 +00005523 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005524 for (BlockDecl::param_iterator AI = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_begin(),
5525 E = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_end(); AI != E; ++AI)
5526 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
5527 if ((*AI)->getIdentifier())
5528 PushOnScopeChains(*AI, CurBlock->TheScope);
Chris Lattner9097af12009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005529
Fariborz Jahanian2f7c3922009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005530 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
Douglas Gregor68584ed2009-06-18 16:11:24 +00005531 if (!CurBlock->isVariadic &&
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00005532 CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian2f7c3922009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005533 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
Fariborz Jahanian3bba33d2009-05-15 21:18:04 +00005534 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
Fariborz Jahanian2f7c3922009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005535 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
5536 }
5537
Chris Lattner9097af12009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005538 // Analyze the return type.
5539 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
5540 QualType RetTy = T->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
5541
5542 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
5543 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
5544 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5545 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
5546 } else if (!RetTy->isDependentType())
Fariborz Jahanian7d5c74e2009-06-19 23:37:08 +00005547 CurBlock->ReturnType = RetTy;
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005548}
5549
5550/// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
5551/// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
5552void Sema::ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope) {
5553 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
5554 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> CC(CurBlock);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005555
Chris Lattner17a78302009-04-19 05:28:12 +00005556 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurBlock->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
5557
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005558 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
Chris Lattner5c59e2b2009-04-21 22:38:46 +00005559 PopDeclContext();
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005560 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005561 // FIXME: Delete the ParmVarDecl objects as well???
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005562}
5563
5564/// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
5565/// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...}
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005566Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc,
5567 StmtArg body, Scope *CurScope) {
Chris Lattner9af55002009-03-27 04:18:06 +00005568 // If blocks are disabled, emit an error.
5569 if (!LangOpts.Blocks)
5570 Diag(CaretLoc, diag::err_blocks_disable);
5571
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005572 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
5573 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> BSI(CurBlock);
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005574
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005575 PopDeclContext();
5576
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005577 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
5578 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005579
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005580 QualType RetTy = Context.VoidTy;
Fariborz Jahanian7d5c74e2009-06-19 23:37:08 +00005581 if (!BSI->ReturnType.isNull())
5582 RetTy = BSI->ReturnType;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005583
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005584 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes;
5585 for (unsigned i = 0, e = BSI->Params.size(); i != e; ++i)
5586 ArgTypes.push_back(BSI->Params[i]->getType());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005587
Mike Stump56925862009-07-28 22:04:01 +00005588 bool NoReturn = BSI->TheDecl->getAttr<NoReturnAttr>();
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005589 QualType BlockTy;
5590 if (!BSI->hasPrototype)
Mike Stump56925862009-07-28 22:04:01 +00005591 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, 0, 0, false, 0, false, false, 0, 0,
5592 NoReturn);
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005593 else
Jay Foadbeaaccd2009-05-21 09:52:38 +00005594 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, ArgTypes.data(), ArgTypes.size(),
Mike Stump56925862009-07-28 22:04:01 +00005595 BSI->isVariadic, 0, false, false, 0, 0,
5596 NoReturn);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005597
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005598 // FIXME: Check that return/parameter types are complete/non-abstract
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005599 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(BSI->Params.begin(), BSI->Params.end());
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005600 BlockTy = Context.getBlockPointerType(BlockTy);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005601
Chris Lattner17a78302009-04-19 05:28:12 +00005602 // If needed, diagnose invalid gotos and switches in the block.
5603 if (CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking)
5604 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(static_cast<CompoundStmt*>(body.get()));
5605 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
5606
Anders Carlssone9146f22009-05-01 19:49:17 +00005607 BSI->TheDecl->setBody(body.takeAs<CompoundStmt>());
Mike Stump56925862009-07-28 22:04:01 +00005608 CheckFallThroughForBlock(BlockTy, BSI->TheDecl->getBody());
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005609 return Owned(new (Context) BlockExpr(BSI->TheDecl, BlockTy,
5610 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs));
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005611}
5612
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005613Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5614 ExprArg expr, TypeTy *type,
5615 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Anders Carlsson7c50aca2007-10-15 20:28:48 +00005616 QualType T = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(type);
Chris Lattner0d20b8a2009-04-05 15:49:53 +00005617 Expr *E = static_cast<Expr*>(expr.get());
5618 Expr *OrigExpr = E;
5619
Anders Carlsson7c50aca2007-10-15 20:28:48 +00005620 InitBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedmanc34bcde2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00005621
5622 // Get the va_list type
5623 QualType VaListType = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedman5c091ba2009-05-16 12:46:54 +00005624 if (VaListType->isArrayType()) {
5625 // Deal with implicit array decay; for example, on x86-64,
5626 // va_list is an array, but it's supposed to decay to
5627 // a pointer for va_arg.
Eli Friedmanc34bcde2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00005628 VaListType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(VaListType);
Eli Friedman5c091ba2009-05-16 12:46:54 +00005629 // Make sure the input expression also decays appropriately.
5630 UsualUnaryConversions(E);
5631 } else {
5632 // Otherwise, the va_list argument must be an l-value because
5633 // it is modified by va_arg.
Douglas Gregordd027302009-05-19 23:10:31 +00005634 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
5635 CheckForModifiableLvalue(E, BuiltinLoc, *this))
Eli Friedman5c091ba2009-05-16 12:46:54 +00005636 return ExprError();
5637 }
Eli Friedmanc34bcde2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00005638
Douglas Gregordd027302009-05-19 23:10:31 +00005639 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
5640 !Context.hasSameType(VaListType, E->getType())) {
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005641 return ExprError(Diag(E->getLocStart(),
5642 diag::err_first_argument_to_va_arg_not_of_type_va_list)
Chris Lattner0d20b8a2009-04-05 15:49:53 +00005643 << OrigExpr->getType() << E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner9dc8f192009-04-05 00:59:53 +00005644 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005645
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005646 // FIXME: Check that type is complete/non-abstract
Anders Carlsson7c50aca2007-10-15 20:28:48 +00005647 // FIXME: Warn if a non-POD type is passed in.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005648
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005649 expr.release();
5650 return Owned(new (Context) VAArgExpr(BuiltinLoc, E, T.getNonReferenceType(),
5651 RPLoc));
Anders Carlsson7c50aca2007-10-15 20:28:48 +00005652}
5653
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005654Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc) {
Douglas Gregor2d8b2732008-11-29 04:51:27 +00005655 // The type of __null will be int or long, depending on the size of
5656 // pointers on the target.
5657 QualType Ty;
5658 if (Context.Target.getPointerWidth(0) == Context.Target.getIntWidth())
5659 Ty = Context.IntTy;
5660 else
5661 Ty = Context.LongTy;
5662
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005663 return Owned(new (Context) GNUNullExpr(Ty, TokenLoc));
Douglas Gregor2d8b2732008-11-29 04:51:27 +00005664}
5665
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005666bool Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
5667 SourceLocation Loc,
5668 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
5669 Expr *SrcExpr, const char *Flavor) {
5670 // Decode the result (notice that AST's are still created for extensions).
5671 bool isInvalid = false;
5672 unsigned DiagKind;
5673 switch (ConvTy) {
5674 default: assert(0 && "Unknown conversion type");
5675 case Compatible: return false;
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00005676 case PointerToInt:
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005677 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_int;
5678 break;
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00005679 case IntToPointer:
5680 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_int_pointer;
5681 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005682 case IncompatiblePointer:
5683 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer;
5684 break;
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00005685 case IncompatiblePointerSign:
5686 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer_sign;
5687 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005688 case FunctionVoidPointer:
5689 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_void_func;
5690 break;
5691 case CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers:
Douglas Gregor77a52232008-09-12 00:47:35 +00005692 // If the qualifiers lost were because we were applying the
5693 // (deprecated) C++ conversion from a string literal to a char*
5694 // (or wchar_t*), then there was no error (C++ 4.2p2). FIXME:
5695 // Ideally, this check would be performed in
5696 // CheckPointerTypesForAssignment. However, that would require a
5697 // bit of refactoring (so that the second argument is an
5698 // expression, rather than a type), which should be done as part
5699 // of a larger effort to fix CheckPointerTypesForAssignment for
5700 // C++ semantics.
5701 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
5702 IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(SrcExpr, DstType))
5703 return false;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005704 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_discards_qualifiers;
5705 break;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005706 case IntToBlockPointer:
5707 DiagKind = diag::err_int_to_block_pointer;
5708 break;
5709 case IncompatibleBlockPointer:
Mike Stump25efa102009-04-21 22:51:42 +00005710 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible_block_pointer;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005711 break;
Steve Naroff39579072008-10-14 22:18:38 +00005712 case IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId:
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005713 // FIXME: Diagnose the problem in ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible, since
Steve Naroff39579072008-10-14 22:18:38 +00005714 // it can give a more specific diagnostic.
5715 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id;
5716 break;
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00005717 case IncompatibleVectors:
5718 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_vectors;
5719 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005720 case Incompatible:
5721 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible;
5722 isInvalid = true;
5723 break;
5724 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005725
Chris Lattnerd9d22dd2008-11-24 05:29:24 +00005726 Diag(Loc, DiagKind) << DstType << SrcType << Flavor
5727 << SrcExpr->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005728 return isInvalid;
5729}
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005730
Chris Lattner3bf68932009-04-25 21:59:05 +00005731bool Sema::VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(const Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result){
Eli Friedman3b5ccca2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00005732 llvm::APSInt ICEResult;
5733 if (E->isIntegerConstantExpr(ICEResult, Context)) {
5734 if (Result)
5735 *Result = ICEResult;
5736 return false;
5737 }
5738
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005739 Expr::EvalResult EvalResult;
5740
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005741 if (!E->Evaluate(EvalResult, Context) || !EvalResult.Val.isInt() ||
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005742 EvalResult.HasSideEffects) {
5743 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_expr_not_ice) << E->getSourceRange();
5744
5745 if (EvalResult.Diag) {
5746 // We only show the note if it's not the usual "invalid subexpression"
5747 // or if it's actually in a subexpression.
5748 if (EvalResult.Diag != diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_ice ||
5749 E->IgnoreParens() != EvalResult.DiagExpr->IgnoreParens())
5750 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
5751 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005752
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005753 return true;
5754 }
5755
Eli Friedman3b5ccca2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00005756 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::ext_expr_not_ice) <<
5757 E->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005758
Eli Friedman3b5ccca2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00005759 if (EvalResult.Diag &&
5760 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_expr_not_ice) != Diagnostic::Ignored)
5761 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005762
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005763 if (Result)
5764 *Result = EvalResult.Val.getInt();
5765 return false;
5766}
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005767
Douglas Gregorac7610d2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00005768Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext
5769Sema::PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext) {
5770 // Introduce a new set of potentially referenced declarations to the stack.
5771 if (NewContext == PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated)
5772 PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.push_back(PotentiallyReferencedDecls());
5773
5774 std::swap(ExprEvalContext, NewContext);
5775 return NewContext;
5776}
5777
5778void
5779Sema::PopExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext OldContext,
5780 ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext) {
5781 ExprEvalContext = NewContext;
5782
5783 if (OldContext == PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated) {
5784 // Mark any remaining declarations in the current position of the stack
5785 // as "referenced". If they were not meant to be referenced, semantic
5786 // analysis would have eliminated them (e.g., in ActOnCXXTypeId).
5787 PotentiallyReferencedDecls RemainingDecls;
5788 RemainingDecls.swap(PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.back());
5789 PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.pop_back();
5790
5791 for (PotentiallyReferencedDecls::iterator I = RemainingDecls.begin(),
5792 IEnd = RemainingDecls.end();
5793 I != IEnd; ++I)
5794 MarkDeclarationReferenced(I->first, I->second);
5795 }
5796}
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005797
5798/// \brief Note that the given declaration was referenced in the source code.
5799///
5800/// This routine should be invoke whenever a given declaration is referenced
5801/// in the source code, and where that reference occurred. If this declaration
5802/// reference means that the the declaration is used (C++ [basic.def.odr]p2,
5803/// C99 6.9p3), then the declaration will be marked as used.
5804///
5805/// \param Loc the location where the declaration was referenced.
5806///
5807/// \param D the declaration that has been referenced by the source code.
5808void Sema::MarkDeclarationReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D) {
5809 assert(D && "No declaration?");
5810
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00005811 if (D->isUsed())
5812 return;
5813
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005814 // Mark a parameter declaration "used", regardless of whether we're in a
5815 // template or not.
5816 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(D))
5817 D->setUsed(true);
5818
5819 // Do not mark anything as "used" within a dependent context; wait for
5820 // an instantiation.
5821 if (CurContext->isDependentContext())
5822 return;
5823
Douglas Gregorac7610d2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00005824 switch (ExprEvalContext) {
5825 case Unevaluated:
5826 // We are in an expression that is not potentially evaluated; do nothing.
5827 return;
5828
5829 case PotentiallyEvaluated:
5830 // We are in a potentially-evaluated expression, so this declaration is
5831 // "used"; handle this below.
5832 break;
5833
5834 case PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated:
5835 // We are in an expression that may be potentially evaluated; queue this
5836 // declaration reference until we know whether the expression is
5837 // potentially evaluated.
5838 PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.back().push_back(std::make_pair(Loc, D));
5839 return;
5840 }
5841
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005842 // Note that this declaration has been used.
Fariborz Jahanianb7f4cc02009-06-22 17:30:33 +00005843 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian485f0872009-06-22 23:34:40 +00005844 unsigned TypeQuals;
Fariborz Jahanian05a5c452009-06-22 20:37:23 +00005845 if (Constructor->isImplicit() && Constructor->isDefaultConstructor()) {
5846 if (!Constructor->isUsed())
5847 DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(Loc, Constructor);
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +00005848 } else if (Constructor->isImplicit() &&
5849 Constructor->isCopyConstructor(Context, TypeQuals)) {
Fariborz Jahanian485f0872009-06-22 23:34:40 +00005850 if (!Constructor->isUsed())
5851 DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(Loc, Constructor, TypeQuals);
5852 }
Fariborz Jahanian8d2b3562009-06-26 23:49:16 +00005853 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(D)) {
5854 if (Destructor->isImplicit() && !Destructor->isUsed())
5855 DefineImplicitDestructor(Loc, Destructor);
5856
Fariborz Jahanianc75bc2d2009-06-25 21:45:19 +00005857 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
5858 if (MethodDecl->isImplicit() && MethodDecl->isOverloadedOperator() &&
5859 MethodDecl->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_Equal) {
5860 if (!MethodDecl->isUsed())
5861 DefineImplicitOverloadedAssign(Loc, MethodDecl);
5862 }
5863 }
Fariborz Jahanianf5ed9e02009-06-24 22:09:44 +00005864 if (FunctionDecl *Function = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregor1637be72009-06-26 00:10:03 +00005865 // Implicit instantiation of function templates and member functions of
5866 // class templates.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6fb0aee2009-06-30 02:35:26 +00005867 if (!Function->getBody()) {
Douglas Gregor1637be72009-06-26 00:10:03 +00005868 // FIXME: distinguish between implicit instantiations of function
5869 // templates and explicit specializations (the latter don't get
5870 // instantiated, naturally).
5871 if (Function->getInstantiatedFromMemberFunction() ||
5872 Function->getPrimaryTemplate())
Douglas Gregorb33fe2f2009-06-30 17:20:14 +00005873 PendingImplicitInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Function, Loc));
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00005874 }
5875
5876
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005877 // FIXME: keep track of references to static functions
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005878 Function->setUsed(true);
5879 return;
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00005880 }
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005881
5882 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +00005883 // Implicit instantiation of static data members of class templates.
5884 // FIXME: distinguish between implicit instantiations (which we need to
5885 // actually instantiate) and explicit specializations.
5886 if (Var->isStaticDataMember() &&
5887 Var->getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember())
5888 PendingImplicitInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Var, Loc));
5889
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005890 // FIXME: keep track of references to static data?
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +00005891
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005892 D->setUsed(true);
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +00005893 return;
5894}
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005895}
5896